As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 25, 2006.

Registration No. 33-11371

File No. 811-4982

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Pre-Effective Amendment No.         ¨
Post-Effective Amendment No. 48    x
and/or   
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940    x

Amendment No. 50

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 


HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

789 NORTH WATER STREET

MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code (414) 347-7777

NICOLE J. BEST

Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

Heartland Group, Inc.

789 North Water Street

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copy to:

CONRAD G. GOODKIND, ESQ.

Quarles & Brady LLP

411 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

¨ immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)

 

x on May 1, 2006 pursuant to paragraph (b)

 

¨ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

 

¨ on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

 

¨ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)

 

¨ on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

¨ this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment

 



LOGO


PROSPECTUS

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

May 1, 2006

This Prospectus contains information you should know about the following mutual fund portfolios of Heartland Group, Inc. (the “Funds”) before you invest. Each Fund is a no-load fund. Investors pay no sales fees to purchase their shares. Investments for each of the Funds are selected on a value basis.

HEARTLAND SELECT VALUE FUND

Its investment objective is long-term capital appreciation. Although this Fund invests in a limited number of stocks, it will consider companies of all market capitalization sizes.

HEARTLAND VALUE PLUS FUND

Its investment objectives are long-term capital appreciation and modest current income. This Fund seeks to achieve its objectives primarily through investing in a limited number of small company stocks that we generally believe have the ability to pay a dividend to stockholders.

HEARTLAND VALUE FUND

Its investment objective is long term capital appreciation. This Fund seeks to achieve its objective through investing in small company stocks.

Unless otherwise stated, the investment objectives discussed in this Prospectus and in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information may be changed without shareholder approval.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

RISK/RETURN SUMMARY: INVESTMENTS, RISKS AND PERFORMANCE

  

The Heartland Investment Philosophy

   2

Select Value Fund

   3

Value Plus Fund

   4

Value Fund

   5

Fees and Expenses of the Funds

   6

Investment Returns

   6

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

  

Heartland Group

   7

Heartland Advisors

   7

Portfolio Managers

   7

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT RISKS

  

Value Investing the Heartland Way

   10

Smaller Company Securities

   10

Temporary Positions

   11

Other Investment Strategies and Investment Risks

   11

Portfolio Turnover

   12

Portfolio Holdings

   12

Changes to Investment Goals

   12

HISTORIC PERFORMANCE

   13

HOW TO INVEST

  

How to Purchase Shares

   14

How to Redeem Shares

   15

How to Receive Account Information

   15

ACCOUNT POLICIES

  

Purchasing Shares

   16

Redeeming Shares

   17

Exchanging Shares

   18

Other Policies

   18

Share Price

   19

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND REPORTING

  

Heartland Value at Work™

   20

Investment Reports and Prospectuses

   20

Dividends and Capital Gain Distributions

   20

Taxes

   20

Privacy Policy

   21

Financial Highlights

   22

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of a bank, nor insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other governmental agency. It is not designed to be a complete investment program, and while you may make money, you can also lose money. Each Fund’s share price will fluctuate.


RISK/RETURN SUMMARY: INVESTMENT, RISKS AND PERFORMANCE

THE HEARTLAND

INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY

The essence of value investing is grounded in the time-tested approach outlined by Professors Benjamin Graham and David Dodd, co-authors of Security Analysis . They pioneered this methodology in 1934. For over half a century, the Graham and Dodd philosophy has attracted a successful circle of value-driven disciples, including Heartland Advisors.

At Heartland, the Funds’ portfolio managers search for under-researched, under-followed and under-valued stocks – relentlessly looking for a measurable and positive difference between the true worth of a company and its current stock price. We often find that a company’s stock is undervalued because it is overlooked by Wall Street analysts, temporarily oversold or out of favor, misunderstood by investors or an emerging opportunity that is yet undiscovered. We believe this is the most intelligent way to build a portfolio.

THE HEARTLAND APPROACH TO INVESTING

The Funds’ investments are generally selected using its investment advisor’s, Heartland Advisors, Inc.’s (“Heartland Advisors”), proprietary Ten Principles of Value Investing TM , a set of strict value criteria:

 

    Catalyst for recognition

 

    Positive earnings dynamics

 

    Low price in relation to earnings

 

    Sound business strategy

 

    Low price in relation to cash flow

 

    Capable management and insider ownership

 

    Low price in relation to book value

 

    Value of the company

 

    Financial soundness

 

    Positive technical analysis

Based on an evaluation using the above criteria, a security may show considerable hidden intrinsic value despite a current lack of strong financial metrics. The Funds may take a limited position in such an opportunistic investment.

Heartland Advisors typically sells securities in the Funds’ portfolios when it considers them to be overvalued relative to other investments using the above criteria.

 

2


HEARTLAND SELECT VALUE FUND

I NVESTMENT G OAL

The Select Value Fund seeks long term capital appreciation.

P RINCIPAL I NVESTMENT S TRATEGIES

The Fund invests primarily in common stocks whose current market prices, in Heartland Advisors’ judgment, are undervalued relative to their intrinsic value. The Fund holds a limited number (generally 40 to 60) of common stocks. Heartland Advisors uses its strict value criteria to identify what it believes are the best available investment opportunities for the Select Value Fund. Using a multi-cap approach, the Fund invests in companies of all sizes, although companies normally have market capitalizations in excess of $500 million at the time of purchase. The median market capitalization of the Fund is expected to fluctuate over time depending on Heartland Advisors’ perceptions of relative valuations, future prospects and market conditions.

P RINCIPAL R ISKS

The principal risk of investing in the Select Value Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline. At times the Fund may invest in stocks of small or mid-sized companies, which are generally more volatile and less liquid than stocks of larger, more established companies.

As the Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 60), a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund’s net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This may increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price and investment return.

W HO S HOULD C ONSIDER I NVESTING IN THE F UND ?

The Select Value Fund is designed for investors who seek long-term capital appreciation from a diversified, actively managed portfolio of stocks of companies of all sizes. The Fund’s investment style is constructed to fit the core value portion of an investor’s equity portfolio. The Fund is designed for investors who can accept the volatility and other investment risks of the broad-based equity markets, but want an investment strategy that seeks to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

P AST P ERFORMANCE

The following tables show historical performance of the Select Value Fund and provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Table I shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year since January 1, 1997. Table II shows how the Fund’s average annual total returns both before and after taxes compare to those of two different securities market indices. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not guarantee future results. The performance data quoted represents past performance and current returns may be lower or higher. The investment return and principal value will fluctuate so that an investor’s shares, when redeemed may be worth more or less than the original cost. Subject to certain exceptions, shares of a Fund redeemed or exchanged within 10 days of purchase are subject to a 2% redemption fee. Performance does not reflect this fee, which if deducted would reduce an individual’s return. Through November 30, 2001, Heartland Advisors voluntarily waived a portion of its fees. These waivers are no longer in effect. Without these waivers, the Fund’s total returns prior to December 1, 2001 would have been lower.

TABLE I - SELECT VALUE FUND – YEAR-BY-YEAR TOTAL RETURNS

LOGO

Best Quarter

 

2nd Quarter of 2003

   23.10 %

Worst Quarter

 

3rd Quarter of 2002

   –20.18 %

TABLE II - SELECT VALUE FUND

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (FOR THE PERIODS ENDED 12/31/05)

 

       One Year     Five Year    

Life of Fund

(since 10-11-96)

 

Return Before Taxes

   13.49 %   12.56 %   13.29 %

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   12.87 %   12.31 %   12.47 %

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

   9.60 %   10.94 %   11.37 %

S&P MidCap 400 Barra Value Index 1 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

   11.60 %   12.38 %   14.82 %

S&P 500 Index 2 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

   4.91 %   0.54 %   8.35 %

 

1 The S&P MidCap 400 Barra Value Index is a capitalization-weighted index of stocks in the S&P MidCap 400 Index that have low price-to-book ratios. For comparison purposes, the value of the S&P MidCap 400 Barra Value Index on September 30, 1996 is used as the beginning value on October 11, 1996.

 

2 The S&P 500 Index is an unmanaged capitalization-weighted index of 500 of the largest stocks (in terms of market value) in the United States representing 88 separate industries.

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

3


HEARTLAND VALUE PLUS FUND

I NVESTMENT G OAL

The Value Plus Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation and modest current income.

P RINCIPAL I NVESTMENT S TRATEGIES

The Value Plus Fund invests primarily in a limited number (generally 40 to 60) of equity securities of smaller companies selected on a value basis. The Fund generally invests in dividend paying common stocks and may also invest, to a limited extent, in preferred stocks and convertible securities, which may provide income to the Fund. The Fund primarily invests in companies with market capitalizations between $300 million and $2 billion at the time of purchase.

P RINCIPAL R ISKS

The principal risk of investing in the Value Plus Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline.

The Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 60). Therefore, a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund’s net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This may increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price and investment return.

Investing in the equity securities of smaller companies involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of larger companies. In general, the prices of securities of smaller companies may be more volatile than those of larger companies, they may have less market liquidity, and they may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. These risks generally increase as the size of the companies decreases. There is no assurance that the income producing features of the securities in which the Fund invests will reduce the risks associated with investing in small companies or the Fund’s volatility.

To the extent that the Fund invests in preferred stocks and convertible securities, it may be subject to interest rate risk, which is the risk that the value of such securities may change in the opposite direction as prevailing market interest rates.

W HO S HOULD C ONSIDER I NVESTING IN THE F UND ?

The Value Plus Fund is designed for investors who seek capital appreciation from small company stocks that may produce modest dividend income. It is designed for long term investors who can tolerate the greater investment risk and market volatility associated with smaller companies. It is designed for investors who want an investment strategy that seeks to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

P AST P ERFORMANCE

The following tables show historical performance of the Value Plus Fund and provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Table I shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year for the past 10 years. Table II shows how the Fund’s average annual total returns both before and after taxes compare to those of two different securities market indices. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not guarantee future results. The performance data quoted represents past performance and current returns may be lower or higher. The investment return and principal value will fluctuate so that an investor’s shares, when redeemed may be worth more or less than the original cost. Subject to certain exceptions, shares of a Fund redeemed or exchanged within 10 days of purchase are subject to a 2% redemption fee. Performance does not reflect this fee, which if deducted would reduce an individual’s return.

TABLE I - VALUE PLUS FUND – YEAR-BY-YEAR TOTAL RETURNS

LOGO

Best Quarter

 

2nd Quarter of 2003

   23.86 %

Worst Quarter

 

3rd Quarter of 2002

   –17.59 %

TABLE II - VALUE PLUS FUND

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (FOR THE PERIODS ENDED 12/31/05)

 

       One Year     Five Year     Ten Year     Life of Fund
(since 10-26-93)
 

Return Before Taxes

   1.34 %   18.74 %   13.05 %   12.60 %

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   0.57 %   18.27 %   11.61 %   11.04 %

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

   1.89 %   16.46 %   10.73 %   10.27 %

Russell 2000 Value Index 1 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

   4.71 %   13.55 %   13.08 %   12.73 %

Russell 2000 Index 2 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

   4.55 %   8.22 %   9.26 %   9.79 %

 

1 The Russell 2000 Value Index measures the performance of those Russell 2000 companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.

 

2 The Russell 2000 Index is an unmanaged index of stocks consisting of the smaller two-thirds of the 3,000 largest publicly traded U.S. companies.

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

4


HEARTLAND VALUE FUND

I NVESTMENT G OAL

The Value Fund seeks long term capital appreciation through investing in small companies.

P RINCIPAL I NVESTMENT S TRATEGIES

The Value Fund invests primarily in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of less than $1.5 billion selected on a value basis, and may invest a significant portion of its assets in micro-capitalization companies, i.e., those with market capitalizations of less than $300 million at the time of purchase.

P RINCIPAL R ISKS

The principal risk of investing in the Value Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline.

Investing in the equity securities of smaller companies involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of larger companies. In general, the prices of securities of smaller companies may be more volatile than those of larger companies, they may have less market liquidity, and they may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. These risks generally increase as the size of the companies decrease.

W HO S HOULD C ONSIDER I NVESTING IN THE F UND ?

The Value Fund is designed for investors who seek long term capital appreciation from small company stocks. It is designed for investors who can tolerate the greater investment risk and market volatility associated with smaller companies. It is designed for investors who want an investment strategy that seeks to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

P AST P ERFORMANCE

The following tables show historical performance of the Value Fund and provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Table I shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year over the past 10 years. Table II shows how the Fund’s average annual total returns both before and after taxes compare to those of two different securities market indices. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not guarantee future results. The performance data quoted represents past performance and current returns may be lower or higher. The investment return and principal value will fluctuate so that an investor’s shares, when redeemed may be worth more or less than the original cost. Subject to certain exceptions, shares of a Fund redeemed or exchanged within 10 days of purchase are subject to a 2% redemption fee. Performance does not reflect this fee, which if deducted would reduce an individual’s return.

TABLE I - VALUE FUND – YEAR-BY-YEAR TOTAL RETURNS

LOGO

 

Best Quarter   

2nd Quarter of 2003

   35.42 %
Worst Quarter   
3rd Quarter of 2002    –20.34 %

TABLE II - VALUE FUND

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (FOR THE PERIODS ENDED 12/31/05)

 

       One Year     Five Year     Ten Year     Life of Fund
(since 12-28-84)
 

Return Before Taxes

   1.99 %   16.75 %   13.83 %   15.21 %

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   0.18 %   14.69 %   11.76 %   13.12 %

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

   3.72 %   14.02 %   11.33 %   12.76 %

Russell 2000 Value Index 1 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

   4.71 %   13.55 %   13.08 %   13.52 %

Russell 2000 Index 2 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

   4.55 %   8.22 %   9.26 %   11.23 %

 

1 The Russell 2000 Value Index measures the performance of those Russell 2000 companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.

 

2 The Russell 2000 Index is an unmanaged index of stocks consisting of the smaller two-thirds of the 3,000 largest publicly traded U.S. companies.

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

5


FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS

This summary describes the fees and expenses that you would pay if you buy and hold shares of the Funds.

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)

 

       Select Value
Fund
    Value Plus
Fund
    Value
Fund
 

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None     None     None  

Maximum deferred sales charge (load)

   None     None     None  

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on reinvested dividends/distributions

   None     None     None  

Redemption fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)

   2 % 1   2 % 1   2 % 1

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)

 

       Select Value
Fund
    Value Plus
Fund
    Value
Fund
 

Management fees

   0.75 %   0.70 %   0.75 %

Distribution (12b-1) fees

   0.25 %   0.25 %   0.25 %

Other expenses

   0.27 %   0.30 %   0.19 %
                  

Total annual Fund operating expenses

   1.27 %   1.25 %   1.19 %

 

1 Subject to certain exceptions, you will be assessed an early redemption fee equal to 2% of the then-current net asset value of any shares of the Funds that are redeemed or exchanged within 10 days after they were purchased. See “Redeeming Shares - Early Redemption Fee.” No redemption fee is imposed on the redemption of shares of a Fund that have been held for more than 10 days. In addition, you will be charged a service fee (currently $6.50) if you request that your redemption proceeds be wired to your bank account and a delivery charge (currently $12.00) if you request that your redemption proceeds be sent by express mail. In addition, redemptions through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary may be subject to special fees and charges imposed by the broker-dealer or other intermediary.

EXAMPLE. (This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Funds with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in each Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that (a) your investment has a 5% return each year, and (b) each Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses remain the same as shown in the preceding table. The assumed return in the example does not represent actual or future performance, and your actual cost of investing in the Funds may be higher or lower.)

 

     Select Value
Fund
   Value Plus
Fund
   Value
Fund

One year

   $ 129    $ 127    $ 121

Three years

   $ 403    $ 397    $ 378

Five years

   $ 697    $ 686    $ 654

Ten years

   $ 1,534    $ 1,511    $ 1,443

INVESTMENT RETURNS

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE VS. INDEX PERFORMANCE. The information about each Fund’s past performance includes a comparison of the Fund’s average annual total returns to a broad-based market index believed to be representative of the Fund’s portfolio. An index is not available for direct investment, and past performance cannot guarantee or predict future results. Unlike an index, each Fund is affected by operating expenses and cash flow activity caused by daily purchases and redemptions. In addition, a Fund’s investment portfolio will differ from the index in terms of the specific securities it holds and in terms of the number and size of holdings or securities, their relative sector and industry weightings, the market capitalization of individual securities and the median capitalization of the index and the Fund overall. For these reasons, the performance of each Fund will vary from that of its comparative index. Fee waivers may have been in effect for the Funds during the periods in which performance information is presented. Without fee waivers, the Funds’ returns and yields would have been lower.

DEFINITIONS. Total return measures the change in the share price of a Fund and assumes the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains. Cumulative total return is actual return for a given period, but does not indicate how much return fluctuated during the period. Average annual total return is the hypothetical constant annual return that would have produced a Fund’s cumulative return for a given period. It should not be confused with actual annual returns, the sum of which over a given period produces a Fund’s cumulative total return. After-tax returns measure the impact of assumed federal income taxes calculated using highest historical individual federal marginal rates. Return after taxes on distributions measures the effect of taxable distributions, but assumes the underlying shares are held for the entire period. Return after taxes on distributions and sale of Fund shares shows the effect of both taxable distributions and any taxable gain or loss that would be realized if the underlying shares were purchased at the beginning and sold at the end of the period. After tax returns do not reflect state or local taxes and actual after tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown.

 

6


MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

HEARTLAND GROUP

The Funds are mutual fund series of Heartland Group, Inc. (“Heartland”). For each of the Funds, the shares offered by this Prospectus are a “no load” class. No other classes of shares have been authorized at this time.

Under applicable law, the Board of Directors is responsible for management of Heartland and provides broad supervision over its affairs. Pursuant to Heartland’s Bylaws, the Board delegates day-to-day responsibility for the management of the Funds to Heartland’s officers. The Board meets regularly to review the Funds’ investments, performance and expenses. It elects the officers of Heartland and hires the Funds’ service providers, including the Funds’ investment advisor, transfer agent and distributor. As a matter of policy, Heartland requires that 75% of its Board members and Chairman of the Board be independent of the Funds’ investment advisor, transfer agent and distributor.

Heartland, Heartland Advisors, Inc. (Heartland’s investment advisor), and Heartland Investor Services, LLC, (Heartland’s distributor), each have adopted a code of ethics designed to ensure, among other things, that the interests of Fund shareholders take precedence over personal interests of their respective directors, officers and employees. Under their respective codes, personal investment activities are subject to limitations designed to avoid both actual and perceived conflicts of interest with the investment activities of the Funds.

HEARTLAND ADVISORS

Founded in 1982 by William J. Nasgovitz, Heartland Advisors, Inc., America’s Value Investor ® , is an independent firm indirectly owned by its employees through Heartland Holdings, Inc. Heartland Advisors manages the Funds’ investments subject to the authority of and supervision by the Board of Directors of Heartland. Heartland Advisors also provides various administrative services to the Funds. In addition to managing the Heartland family of equity mutual funds, Heartland Advisors provides investment advisory services to individuals, institutions and retirement plans. As of March 31, 2006, Heartland Advisors had approximately $2.9 billion of assets under its discretionary management. Its principal offices are located at, and its mailing address is, 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

Heartland Advisors may pay, from its own assets, retirement plan service providers, brokers, banks, financial advisors and other financial intermediaries fees for providing recordkeeping, subaccounting, transaction processing and other administrative services to their customers in connection with investments in the Funds. The amount of these payments is determined by Heartland Advisors and may differ for different financial intermediaries. These fees may be in addition to any distribution, administrative or shareholder servicing fees paid from the Funds’ assets to these financial intermediaries. From time to time, and in accordance with applicable rules and regulations, Heartland Advisors may also provide non-cash compensation, such as gifts, meals, tickets or event sponsorship, to representatives of various intermediaries who sell Fund shares or provide services to Fund shareholders. The receipt of these fees and/or non-cash compensation may provide an incentive to a financial intermediary, or its representatives, to favor sales of a Heartland Fund over sales of other financial products. These arrangements will not, however, change the price a shareholder pays for Fund shares or the amount that a Fund receives to invest on behalf of the shareholder.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

SELECT VALUE FUND. The Select Value Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, consisting of Hugh F. Denison, David C. Fondrie, Theodore D. Baszler and William R. Nasgovitz . The team jointly develops and implements investment strategies for the Select Value Fund.

Mr. Denison has served as a portfolio manager of the Select Value Fund since March 2004. Mr. Denison, who also serves as Portfolio Manager for advisory clients, is a Senior Vice President for Heartland Advisors. He previously was Shareholder Ombudsman for Heartland Advisors from January 1996 to March 2004. Mr. Denison served as Vice President, Director of Research and Portfolio Manager for Heartland Advisors from 1988 to 1996. Mr. Denison was also a director of Heartland Group, Inc. from May 1989 to November 2003.

Mr. Fondrie, a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Select Value Fund since March 2004. Mr. Fondrie, who also serves as Portfolio Manager for advisory clients, is a Senior Vice President of Heartland Advisors. Mr. Fondrie has served as Director of Equity Research for Heartland Advisors since 2001, having joined the firm in December 1994 as an Equity Research Analyst. Previously, he had been President of Casino Resource Corporation from 1993 to 1994, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ransomes, Inc. from 1987 to 1991, and a Senior Manager with PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP from 1976 to 1987.

Mr. Baszler, a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) and Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Select Value Fund since March 2004. He has been a Portfolio Manager for advisory clients of Heartland Advisors since 2001, after serving as a Research Analyst and Associate Portfolio Manager from 2000 to 2001 and a Senior Mutual Funds Accountant from 1994 to 2000. Prior to joining Heartland Advisors, Mr. Baszler had been a Senior Investment Accountant with Firstar Trust Company from 1990 to 1994.

Mr. William R. Nasgovitz has served as a portfolio manager of the Select Value Fund since May 2006 after serving as a Research Analyst from 2004 to 2006 and a Research Associate from November 2003 to 2004. Prior to joining Heartland Advisors, Mr. William R. Nasgovitz had been a Senior Research Associate with Capital Markets Group, Cambridge Associates from 2000 to 2002. Mr. William R. Nasgovitz is the son of Mr. William J. Nasgovitz, President and Director of the Heartland Funds and portfolio manager of the Value Fund.

 

7


VALUE PLUS FUND. The Value Plus Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, which currently consists of D. Rodney Hathaway, Bradford A. Evans and Eric J. Miller . The team jointly develops and implements investment strategies for the Value Plus Fund.

Mr. Hathaway, a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Value Plus Fund since January 2002. Mr. Hathaway is a Vice President of Heartland Advisors, having joined the firm as an equity analyst in November 1997. Previously, he had been an equity research analyst with Banc One Investment Advisors from December 1994 to November 1997 and an equity research analyst at Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated from September 1993 to December 1994.

Mr. Evans, a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Value Plus Fund since May 2006. He has also served as a portfolio manager of the Value Fund since June 2004. Mr. Evans is a Vice President and Portfolio Manager for Heartland Advisors, having rejoined the firm in June 2004 after serving as Vice President and Research Analyst for High Rock Capital, LLC from April 2001 to June 2004. He had previously been employed by Heartland Advisors from January 1996 to April 2001, first as a Research Associate and then as a Research Analyst. Mr. Evans graduated, with honors, from the University of Wisconsin in 1995, with a B.A. in International Relations, Russian and Political Science.

Mr. Miller, a Certified Management Accountant (CMA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Value Plus Fund since April 2003. He has also served as a portfolio manager of the Value Fund since July 1997 and served as a portfolio manager of the Select Value Fund from September 1999 to September 2004. Mr. Miller, who also serves as Portfolio Manager for advisory clients, is a Senior Vice President and a Director of Heartland Advisors, having joined the firm as a research analyst in January 1994, and since January 2004 has served as Chief Executive Officer of Heartland. Prior to that time, Mr. Miller had been with American Appraisal Associates, Inc. since 1986, serving as Vice President, Head of U.S. Appraisal Operations.

VALUE FUND. The Value Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, which currently consists of William J. Nasgovitz, Eric J. Miller and Bradford A. Evans . The team jointly develops and implements investment strategies for the Value Fund.

Mr. William J. Nasgovitz has been a portfolio manager of the Value Fund since commencement of its operations. He has also served on the investment management team for the Value Plus Fund since its inception. Mr. William J. Nasgovitz also serves as Portfolio Manager for advisory clients and has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Advisors since founding it in 1983 and is the President and a Director of Heartland.

Mr. Miller, a Certified Management Accountant (CMA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Value Fund since July 1997. He has also served on the investment management team for the Value Plus Fund since April 2003 and served as a portfolio manager of the Select Value Fund from September 1999 to September 2004. Mr. Miller, who also serves as Portfolio Manager for advisory clients, is a Senior Vice President and a Director of Heartland Advisors, having joined the firm as a research analyst in January 1994, and since January 2004 has served as Chief Executive Officer of Heartland. Prior to that time, Mr. Miller had been with American Appraisal Associates, Inc. since 1986, serving as Vice President, Head of U.S. Appraisal Operations.

Mr. Evans, a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Value Fund since June 2004. He has also served as a portfolio manager of the Value Plus Fund since May 2006. Mr. Evans is a Vice President and Portfolio Manager for Heartland Advisors, having rejoined the firm in June 2004 after serving as Vice President and Research Analyst for High Rock Capital, LLC from April 2001 to June 2004. He had previously been employed by Heartland Advisors from January 1996 to April 2001, first as a Research Associate and then as a Research Analyst. Mr. Evans graduated, with honors, from the University of Wisconsin in 1995, with a B.A. in International Relations, Russian and Political Science.

The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) for the Funds provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts they manage and the portfolio managers’ ownership of shares of the Funds.

FUND OWNERSHIP BY EMPLOYEES OF HEARTLAND ADVISORS. As of December 31, 2005, employees of Heartland Advisors, including the portfolio managers of the Funds, had more than $14 million invested across all of the Funds, which includes shares held directly and in retirement accounts. Heartland’s independent directors are also invested in the Funds.

MANAGEMENT FEE AND EXPENSE LIMITATION. For Heartland Advisors’ investment management services, each of the Funds pays an annual fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, computed as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, the Funds paid the following advisory fees which are set forth as a percentage of average daily net assets:

 

Fund

   Advisory Fee  

Select Value Fund

   0.75 %

Value Plus Fund

   0.70 %

Value Fund

   0.75 %

From time to time, Heartland Advisors may waive fees paid to it by a Fund and/or pay other Fund ordinary operating expenses (excluding brokerage commissions, interest and taxes) to the extent necessary to ensure that the Fund’s total annual ordinary operating expenses do not exceed a certain percentage of average net assets. Heartland Advisors may modify or discontinue these waivers and/or reimbursements at any time without notice. Waivers and reimbursements have the effect of lowering a Fund’s overall expense ratio and increasing the Fund’s overall return to investors.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Directors approving the investment management contracts of the Funds will be available in Heartland’s Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders for the period ended June 30, 2006.

 

8


RULE 12B-1 FEES. Each Fund has adopted a plan under Rule 12b-1 whereby each Fund pays the Fund’s principal underwriter and distributor, Heartland Investor Services, LLC (the “Distributor”), an amount up to 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, computed on an annual basis and paid monthly, as reimbursement for the expenses incurred by the Distributor in distributing the Fund’s shares and providing certain shareholder services. All or a portion of these fees may be paid, pursuant to contractual commitments, to brokers, dealers, banks and others who provide various services to its customers who hold Fund shares. Among others, these services may include: (1) establishing, maintaining and processing changes in shareholder accounts; (2) answering shareholder inquiries; (3) distributing prospectuses, reports, advertising and sales literature; and (4) preparing account statements and confirmations. Because the fee is paid out of a Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, fees paid under the Rule 12b-1 plan will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more over time than paying other types of sales charges imposed by some mutual funds.

LITIGATION . On July 18, 2002, pursuant to a stipulation and following a fairness hearing, the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin approved a settlement of a consolidated class action brought by shareholders of the Heartland High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund and the Short Duration High-Yield Municipal Fund (together, the “High-Yield Funds”), in which Heartland Group, Inc. (“Heartland”), Heartland Advisors, the High-Yield Funds and certain other parties were named as defendants. The litigation arose out of a repricing of the securities in the High-Yield Funds in October 2000. Under the terms of the settlement, Heartland, Heartland Advisors, the High-Yield Funds and certain related parties were dismissed and released from all claims in the class action upon establishment of a settlement fund for the benefit of the class plaintiffs. Neither Heartland nor any of its Funds, directors or officers were required to contribute to the settlement fund (although an affiliate of the Advisor did make substantial contribution to facilitate settlement). Subsequently, all other suits filed by persons who opted out of the class action settlement were also settled without any contribution from Heartland, its Funds, directors or officers. The High-Yield Funds, which had been in receivership since March 2001, were liquidated in December 2004.

On December 11, 2003, the SEC filed a civil complaint in United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin (Civil Action No. 03C1427) relating to the High-Yield Funds against Heartland Advisors; William J. Nasgovitz, President of Heartland Advisors, President and a director of Heartland, and a member of the Heartland Value Fund portfolio management team; Paul T. Beste, Chief Operating Officer of Heartland Advisors and Vice President and Secretary of Heartland; Kevin D. Clark, an officer of Heartland Advisors; Hugh F. Denison, a former director of Heartland, who presently serves as Senior Vice President of Heartland Advisors and is a member of the portfolio management team for the Heartland Select Value Fund; certain former officers of Heartland Advisors; and others.

The SEC alleges various violations of the federal securities laws with respect to the pricing of securities owned by the High-Yield Funds and the related calculation of the High-Yield Funds’ net asset value per share from March 2000 to March 2001; disclosures in the prospectus, other SEC filings and promotional materials for the High-Yield Funds relating to risk management, credit quality, liquidity and pricing; breach of fiduciary duty; the sale in September and October 2000 by certain individual defendants of shares of the High-Yield Funds while in possession of material, non-public information about those funds; and the disclosure of material, non-public information to persons who effected such sales. The SEC seeks civil penalties and disgorgement of all gains received by the defendants as a result of the conduct alleged in the complaint, a permanent injunction against the defendants from further violations of the applicable federal securities laws, and such other relief as the court deems appropriate.

In February 2004, Heartland Advisors and Messrs. Nasgovitz, Beste, Denison and Clark filed their answers to the SEC’s complaint, denying the allegations and claims made therein and raising affirmative defenses.

The complaint does not involve Heartland, the Select Value, Value Plus or Value Funds, any portfolio manager of the Funds (other than Mr. Nasgovitz and Mr. Denison) or any of the current independent directors of Heartland. However, an adverse outcome for Heartland Advisors and/or its officers named in the complaint could result in an injunction that would bar Heartland Advisors from serving as investment adviser to the Funds or bar such officers from continuing to serve in their official capacities for Heartland Advisors. Heartland Advisors has advised the Funds that, if these results occur, Heartland Advisors will seek exemptive relief from the SEC to permit it to continue serving as investment advisor to the Funds. There is no assurance that the SEC will grant such exemptive relief.

 

9


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT RISKS

Heartland Advisors, America’s Value Investor ® , selects investments for the Funds that it believes are undervalued as measured by a set of criteria known as Heartland Advisors’ Ten Principles of Value Investing™ . The portfolios of the Heartland Funds are actively managed. Although no one can predict a Fund’s future performance, Heartland Advisors believes that the “value” style of investing will outperform the “growth” style of investing over extended periods, which may include bear markets as well as volatile or “sideways moving” markets. The value style may under perform in markets that favor faster growing companies.

This section of the Prospectus describes general investment strategies and investment risks common to all of the Funds. For a description of the principal investment strategies and investment risks unique to each Fund, please refer to the earlier section in this Prospectus captioned “Risk/Return Summary: Investments, Risks and Performance.”

VALUE INVESTING THE HEARTLAND WAY

Heartland Advisors’ Ten Principles of Value Investing consists of the following criteria for selecting equity securities. We generally apply these ten evaluation criteria to companies we are considering for purchase or sale by the Funds. We re-evaluate our holdings against this grid. If a stock’s valuation increases or any of the fundamentals change, it may result in the issue no longer meeting our investment criteria, and thus becoming a candidate for sale.

 

    Catalyst for Recognition . To maximize long-term gains, we look beyond simply discovering undervalued stocks. We also identify specific catalysts that we believe will cause a stock’s price to rise, closing the gap between a current stock price and the true worth of the underlying company.

 

    Low Price in Relation to Earnings . Historically, low price/earnings (P/E) stocks have outperformed the overall market and provided investors with less downside risk relative to other equity investment strategies.

 

    Low Price in Relation to Cash Flow . Strong cash flows give a company greater financial flexibility – and in the hands of capable management, can be the foundation for stronger earnings and, in turn, higher stock prices.

 

    Low Price in Relation to Book Value . Book value is a company’s total assets minus liabilities. We believe low Price/Book Value stocks offer investors downside risk protection. A low Price/Book Value often suggests sentiment about a stock or sector is overly negative.

 

    Financial Soundness . We prefer investing in companies that are not encumbered by long-term debt. During difficult periods, such low-debt companies are able to direct cash flow to investments in operations, not interest expense.

 

    Positive Earnings Dynamics . Quite simply, we favor companies with improving earnings and upwardly trending earnings estimates. After all, we believe earnings drive stock prices.

 

    Sound Business Strategy. To evaluate management’s strategy for growing their business, our investment professionals meet face-to-face with scores of CEOs, CFOs and VPs. It is also typical for us to speak with customers, suppliers and competitors.

 

    Capable Management and Insider Ownership . Capable management means effectively implementing sound business strategies. In addition, we believe meaningful and increasing stock ownership by company officers and directors is tangible evidence of their personal commitment. Moreover, it aligns their long-term interest with the shareholders’ interest.

 

    Value of the Company. We routinely ask whether each stock is a compelling value relative to others in its industry. To answer this, we use a number of traditional parameters such as Price/Earnings, Price/Cash Flow and Price/Book Value, but that is just the beginning of our analysis. We also evaluate the value of a franchise or brand name that cannot be replicated and search for other hidden assets not yet recognized by the market.

 

    Positive Technical Analysis. Having identified stocks that we believe are undervalued – and have potential for price appreciation – we use technical analysis as a tool for avoiding those investments that may already be subject to undue speculation. We are attracted to stocks that have “bases”, trading within a narrow price range which has typically followed a down trend, or bear market.

Although the Funds use the same evaluation criteria in selecting securities for their portfolios, the Funds do not necessarily own the same securities. The Funds have different investment objectives and principal strategies that cause the Funds’ holdings to differ. The Funds also have different portfolio managers who exercise independent judgment.

SMALLER COMPANY SECURITIES

Equity securities of the smaller companies in which the Select Value, Value Plus and Value Funds invest involve a higher degree of risk than investments in the broad-based equity markets. In general, the prices of the securities of smaller companies may be more volatile than those of larger companies, they may have less market liquidity, and they may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. Smaller companies may have relatively lower revenues, limited product lines, less management depth, and a lower share of the market for their products or services as compared to larger companies, any or all of which could give rise to their greater risk. A significant percentage of the outstanding shares of a smaller company may also be held by management, which could cause management to have a greater influence over actions requiring shareholder approval. A Fund’s position in securities of a smaller company may be substantial in relation to the public market for such securities. As a result, it may be difficult at times for a Fund to dispose of such securities at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemptions or other cash needs. The risks of investing in smaller companies generally increase as the size of the companies decreases, and vice versa. The Value Fund may hold a significant number of investments in small company securities which represent more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer.

MARKET CAPITALIZATIONS OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES . The following table shows the median and weighted average market capitalizations as of December 31, 2005, for the companies whose equity securities are owned by the Funds and for the companies included in the indices that are benchmarks for each of those Funds.

 

10


MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF COMMON STOCKS HELD BY THE FUNDS (as of 12/31/05)

 

     Median    Weighted Average

Select Value Fund

   $ 4,605 million    $ 20,872 million

S&P MidCap 400 Barra Value Index

     2,193 million      3,458 million

S&P 500 Index

     11,297 million      87,599 million

Value Plus Fund

   $ 819 million    $ 1,659 million

Value Fund

     221 million      614 million

Russell 2000 Value Index

     586 million      1,058 million

Russell 2000 Index

     594 million      1,108 million

TEMPORARY POSITIONS

Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, each Fund may temporarily invest, without limitation, in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short term corporate debt securities, variable rate demand notes. Government securities and repurchase agreements. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. It also might prevent a Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested. The level of liquid reserves in the Funds may vary significantly due to differences in investment judgments made by their portfolio managers.

OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT RISKS

In addition to the principal investment strategies discussed above in this Prospectus, each Fund may engage in other non-principal investment strategies discussed below and in its Statement of Additional Information. Unless otherwise stated, investment policies and limitations set forth below and elsewhere in this Prospectus or the Statement of Additional Information that are described in terms of percentages apply at the time of purchase of a security.

CHANGE OR INFLUENCE CONTROL OVER PORTFOLIO COMPANIES . As a shareholder of a portfolio company, each Fund reserves the right to freely communicate its views as a shareholder on matters of policy to the company’s management, board of directors and other shareholders when a policy may affect the value of the Fund’s investment. In exercising this right, each of the Funds may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company’s management. For example, a Fund might take steps, either individually or as part of a group, (a) to actively support, oppose or influence a company’s decision making, (b) to seek changes in a company’s management or board of directors, (c) to effect the sale of all or some of a company’s assets, or (d) to vote to participate in or oppose a takeover of a portfolio company or an acquisition by a portfolio company. A Fund would engage in such activities in an effort to protect and maximize the value of its investment on behalf of the Fund’s shareholders. The extent to which a Fund might invest for purposes of changing or influencing control of management would depend, among other things, on facts and circumstances specific to the issuer as well as general market conditions.

Investing for purposes of changing or influencing control of management could result in additional expense to a Fund, including expenses associated with operational or regulatory requirements and the ongoing cost of potential litigation. It could also restrict a Fund’s ability to freely dispose of the securities of a portfolio company with respect to which it is deemed to be investing to affect control, which might adversely affect the Fund’s liquidity as well as the sales price of those securities. Finally, greater public disclosure is required regarding a Fund’s investment and trading strategies in regulatory filings relating to such securities.

It is expected that a Fund would make investments for purposes of changing or influencing control only on a selective basis when Heartland Advisors believes it would be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES. No Fund will purchase a security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in illiquid securities. The term “illiquid security” includes any security that may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued it. Each Fund may invest in financial instruments that are purchased in private placements (that is, transactions in which securities have not been registered under federal law) and that are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or law. Private placements are not publicly traded and may be difficult to sell. Because there is generally no public market for these securities, there may be less information publicly available and thus it may be difficult to determine their fair value. Securities issued pursuant to a private placement exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”) may be determined to be liquid by the Heartland Board of Directors. Securities that are deemed to be liquid under guidelines established by the Board of Directors are not subject to a Fund’s limitation on illiquid securities. Absent such determinations, such securities, and repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days, are considered illiquid.

FOREIGN SECURITIES. Each Fund may invest in foreign securities (including depository receipts) traded both within and, to a lesser degree, outside of the United States. Investments in foreign securities may be subject to certain risks in addition to those normally associated with domestic stocks. These risks are greater with respect to companies domiciled in developing countries.

Such risks include adverse political and economic developments or social instability; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes or exchange controls; expropriation or nationalization; currency blockage (which could prevent cash from being brought back to the United States); the impact of exchange rate and foreign currency fluctuations on the market value of foreign securities; more limited availability of public information regarding security issuers; the degree of governmental supervision regarding securities markets; different accounting, auditing and financial standards; difficulties in enforcing legal rights (particularly with regard to depository receipts in which the holders may not have the same rights as shareholders); and the potential for less liquidity and more volatility on foreign securities markets than on United States securities markets. Moreover, brokerage commissions, fees for custodial services and other costs related to foreign investments generally are greater than in the

 

11


United States. Such markets may have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to settle certain trades. The inability to sell a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in a loss to a Fund if the value of the portfolio security subsequently declined or, if the Fund had entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible claims against the Fund.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS. Each Fund may purchase equity securities in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). Such investments may have a magnified performance impact on a Fund due to the typical price volatility of securities sold in IPOs. Investments in IPOs also involve the risks that an active trading market may not develop or be sustained for the securities and that the issuer may not have a significant operating history or may not meet market expectations.

FUTURES AND OPTIONS. Each Fund may engage in transactions in options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts to hedge against anticipated declines in the market value of portfolio securities and increases in the market value of securities it intends to acquire. Each Fund may also engage in such transactions to protect against exposure to interest rate changes. Finally, the Funds may use these instruments to enhance total return or to invest in eligible asset classes with greater efficiency and lower cost than is believed to be possible through direct investments.

Options and futures can be highly volatile investments and involve certain risks. These strategies require the ability to anticipate future movements in securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors. Heartland Advisors’ attempts to use such investments may not be successful and could result in reduction of a Fund’s total return. A Fund’s potential losses from the use of futures extend beyond its initial investment in such contracts. Each Fund could experience losses if the prices of its options or futures positions move in a direction different than anticipated, or if the Fund were unable to close out its positions due to disruptions in the market or lack of liquidity. Over-the-counter options generally involve greater credit and liquidity risks than exchange traded options. Options and futures traded on foreign exchanges generally are not regulated by U.S. authorities, and may offer less liquidity and less protection to a Fund if the other party to the contract defaults.

The Funds’ use of options and futures and other investment techniques for hedging purposes involves the risk that changes in the value of a hedging investment will not match those of the asset or security being hedged. Hedging is the use of one investment to offset the effects of another investment. Imperfect or no correlation of the values of the hedging instrument and the hedged security or asset might occur because of characteristics of the instruments themselves or unrelated factors involving, for example, the markets on which the instruments are traded. As a result, hedging strategies may not always be successful. While hedging strategies can help reduce or eliminate portfolio losses, they can also reduce or eliminate portfolio gains.

Each Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission.

WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED-DELIVERY SECURITIES; FORWARD COMMITMENTS. Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, and may purchase forward commitments. Although the payment and interest terms of these securities are established at the time the purchaser enters into the commitment, the securities may be delivered and paid for a month or more after the purchase date. The Funds purchase securities in this manner in order to secure an advantageous price and yield but the value of the security could change before settlement. Therefore, although the Funds will make such commitments only with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, they may sell the securities before settlement if it is deemed advisable for investment reasons. When-issued or delayed-delivery securities may sometimes be purchased on a “dollar roll” basis, meaning that a Fund will sell securities with a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a future date. Dollar rolls are engaged in when Heartland Advisors believes securities similar to those sold can be purchased a short time later at a lower price.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

A Fund’s portfolio turnover rate indicates changes in its portfolio of securities and will vary year to year as well as within a year. The Funds may engage in short-term trading if the anticipated benefits are expected by Heartland Advisors to exceed the transaction costs. Portfolio turnover may also be affected by the sale of portfolio securities to meet cash requirements for redemption of shares of a Fund. High portfolio turnover could result in increases in transaction costs, generate realized capital gains that would be taxable distributions to shareholders, and adversely affect a Fund’s performance.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

A description of Heartland’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio securities is available in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

CHANGES TO INVESTMENT GOALS

Each Fund’s investment goal may be changed by Heartland’s Board of Directors upon notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

 

12


HISTORIC PERFORMANCE

The following tables show how the growth of a hypothetical $10,000 investment in each of the Funds over the 10-year period ended December 31, 2005 (or such shorter period for which the Fund has been in operation) compares to the growth of two different securities market indices. The tables do not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on distributions or redemptions of Fund shares. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not guarantee future results. The performance data quoted represents past performance and current returns may be lower or higher. The investment return and principal value will fluctuate so that an investor’s shares, when redeemed may be worth more or less than the original cost. Subject to certain exceptions, shares of a Fund redeemed or exchanged within 10 days of purchase are subject to a 2% redemption fee. Performance does not reflect this fee, which if deducted would reduce an individual’s return. Heartland Advisors voluntarily waived a portion of its fees with respect to the Select Value Fund through November 30, 2001. These waivers are no longer in effect. Without these waivers, the total returns of the Select Value Fund for periods prior to December 1, 2001 would have been lower.

INDEX DEFINITIONS

The S&P MidCap 400 Barra Value Index is a capitalization-weighted index of the stocks in the S&P MidCap 400 Index that have low price-to-book ratios. For comparison purposes, the value of the S&P MidCap 400 Barra Value Index on September 30, 1996 is used as the beginning value on October 11, 1996.

The S&P 500 Index is an unmanaged capitalization-weighted index of 500 of the largest stocks (in terms of market value) in the United States representing 88 separate industries.

The Russell 2000 Value Index measures the performance of those Russell 2000 companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.

The Russell 2000 Index is an unmanaged index of stocks consisting of the smaller two-thirds of the 3,000 largest publicly traded U.S. companies.

It is not possible to invest directly in an index.

SELECT VALUE FUND - GROWTH OF $10,000 SINCE INCEPTION (10/11/96)

LOGO

VALUE PLUS FUND - GROWTH OF $10,000 INVESTMENT OVER PAST 10 YEARS

LOGO

VALUE FUND - GROWTH OF $10,000 INVESTMENT OVER PAST 10 YEARS

LOGO

 

13


HOW TO INVEST

HOW MAY WE HELP YOU?

 

    1-800-432-7856

 

    www.heartlandfunds.com

HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES

The Heartland Funds are registered for sale in the United States and certain U.S. territories.

MINIMUM INITIAL INVESTMENTS

 

     Regular
Account 1
   IRA
Account
   Coverdell
ESA

Value Fund

   $ 5,000    $ 500    $ 500

Select Value Fund

     1,000      500      500

Value Plus Fund

     1,000      500      500

 

1 The minimum initial investment is waived when an account is established with an automatic investment plan.

BY MAIL

TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT, PLEASE COMPLETE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

 

    Equity Fund Account Application

 

    IRA Account Application

 

    Coverdell ESA Application

Additional IRA Forms and/or organizational documents may be required.

Please make your purchase check payable to Heartland Funds and mail the completed, signed application, along with your investment check, to the appropriate address below.

 

Via US Postal Service   Via Express Courier  
Heartland Funds   Heartland Funds  
P.O. Box 182304   c/o BISYS Fund Services  
Columbus, OH 43218-2304   3435 Stelzer Road  
  Columbus, OH 43219  

To add to an account, detach the Additional Investment Form from your account statement and submit with your check payable to Heartland Funds to the appropriate address listed above.

Important note: All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and checks must be drawn on U.S. banks. The Funds will not accept third party checks, money orders, credit card convenience checks or cash.

BY WIRE

TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT BY WIRE, PLEASE COMPLETE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING

 

    Equity Fund Account Application

 

    IRA Account Application

 

    Coverdell ESA Application

Additional IRA forms and/or organizational documents may be required.

Instruct your bank or financial institution to send your investment to Heartland Funds using these instructions:

Huntington National Bank

ABA #044000024

A/C #01892150413

Credit to: Heartland (name of Fund)

New Account for (name(s) of investor(s))

Contact Heartland Shareholder Services at 1-800-432-7856 for further instructions. If Heartland Funds is not informed of the new account and wire purchase prior to market close on the day it is delivered to Huntington National Bank, your purchase may be delayed or cancelled.

Please note that your financial institution may charge a fee to wire funds.

BY AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT

Complete the automatic investment section of the Account Application or the Account Maintenance Form (for existing accounts) and attach a voided check. Return the form to the appropriate address. Automatic Investment plans may be established for a minimum of $50 per bank draft.

BY EXCHANGE

New accounts may be opened by exchange and will have identical registration and services as the account from which the funds were exchanged. Please note that an exchange may be subject to an early redemption fee and may cause tax consequences. Please consult with your tax advisor.

 

14


HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

BY MAIL

PROVIDE A LETTER OF INSTRUCTION THAT INCLUDES:

 

    The names and signatures of all account owners

 

    Your Heartland account number

 

    Your telephone number

 

    The dollar amount or number of shares that you would like to redeem (sell)

 

    Any special payment instructions

 

    Any special documents requested by Heartland to assure proper authorization for the redemption

 

    IRA redemptions must include a statement of withholding. If no statement is made, Heartland Funds will withhold 10%

We will mail the proceeds to the address on the account unless otherwise requested in your written instructions. Instructions for redemptions over $50,000 and those that request delivery to a bank account or address other than the address of record on the account may require a medallion signature guarantee.

Please mail your redemption instructions to Heartland Funds at the appropriate address below.

 

Via US Postal Service   Via Express Courier  
Heartland Funds   Heartland Funds  
P.O. Box 182304   c/o BISYS Fund Services  
Columbus, OH 43218-2304   3435 Stelzer Road  
  Columbus, OH 43219  

B Y T ELEPHONE

Call a Heartland Funds representative toll-free at 1-800-432-7856 to request your redemption. Redemption requests for an IRA or Coverdell ESA must be made in writing. Telephone redemptions are subject to a $1,000 minimum. You will be asked to provide personal identification information. A check will be mailed to the address of record for the account unless other arrangements have been pre-authorized. Express mail delivery is available upon request for an additional charge (currently $12.00).

Wire and Electronic Funds transfer services are available however, must be preauthorized in writing. Contact a representative for information on adding this option to your account. Wire transfers are subject to a fee of $6.50.

B Y S YSTEMATIC W ITHDRAWAL

Call a Heartland Funds representative toll-free at 1-800-432-7856 to request an Account Maintenance Form to add a systematic withdrawal plan to your account. Systematic withdrawal plans are subject to a $100 minimum per draft.

HOW TO RECEIVE ACCOUNT INFORMATION

B Y T ELEPHONE

Call 1-800-432-7856.

Heartland Funds representatives are available to answer your questions from 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. central time, Monday through Friday.

Account balance information is also available over the automated telephone line 24 hours a day, 7 days per week by accessing option 2 on your touch-tone telephone. You will be asked to establish a personal identification number for account access.

O VER THE I NTERNET

Visit our website at www.heartlandfunds.com and click on the Account Access link. Follow the registration/login instructions to access your account. You may view account balances, registration and history.

B Y M AIL

Account statements are mailed on a quarterly basis at the end of the calendar quarter. If you would like to receive a printed statement at any time, please contact a representative at 1-800-432-7856.

 

15


ACCOUNT POLICIES

If you wish to make a telephone transaction under one of the purchase or redemption options described, please call Shareholder Services at 1-800-432-7856 or 414-289-7000 . If you have a question about investing or need forms for electing an option, call Shareholder Services at either number or visit our website at www.heartlandfunds.com.

Please note that you may terminate or change any option you elect at any time upon five days’ advance notice to the Fund’s transfer agent.

CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION PROGRAM. Heartland has adopted a customer identification program as required by the USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act is designed to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities. It specifically requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account.

Under Heartland’s customer identification program, when you open an account we will ask for your name, street address (or APO/FPO), date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow us to confirm your identity. Corporate accounts will require other similar information. We may also ask to see other identifying documents. You will receive the net asset value next calculated after Heartland confirms your identity.

Heartland reserves the right not to open an account or process any purchases, exchanges or redemptions unless and until we can confirm your identity. We also may close an account if there are any discrepancies in the identifying information you have provided. If your account is closed for this reason, your shares will be redeemed at the net asset value next calculated after the account is closed.

EXCESSIVE ACCOUNT ACTIVITY. An excessive number of purchases and redemptions by a shareholder (short-term trading) may be disadvantageous to a Fund and its shareholders. Frequent purchases and redemptions of shares of a Fund may present certain risks to Fund shareholders such as dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term investors, interference with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio, increased brokerage, transaction and administrative costs, and adverse tax consequences. Heartland has adopted policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of shares of the Funds by shareholders, which are intended to discourage such activity, including the imposition of a 2% fee on redemptions or exchanges of Fund shares made within 10 days of purchase. See “Redeeming Shares - Early Redemption Fee.” Heartland also seeks to identify and detect frequent trading activity that may be disruptive to the Funds, although if such activity is made through omnibus accounts detection may be difficult. Heartland reserves the right to restrict or prohibit any purchase or exchange, and to terminate a shareholder’s investment or exchange privileges, if the officers of Heartland determine in their sole discretion that any trading activity by the shareholder is not in the best interest of the Fund or its other shareholders.

PURCHASING SHARES

TIME OF PURCHASE; FORM OF PAYMENT. Shares of the Funds are sold without a sales charge. Your purchase of a Fund’s shares will be made at the net asset value per share next determined after the Fund or its authorized agent receives your purchase request. Your order will not be accepted unless your application or other documentation is complete, your identity is confirmed and payment in the proper form and amount accompanies your application. Payment must be in U.S. dollars by check drawn on a bank in the United States, wire transfer or electronic transfer. The Funds will not accept cash, traveler’s checks, starter checks, money orders, third party checks (except for properly endorsed IRA rollover checks), checks drawn on foreign banks or checks issued by credit card companies or Internet-based companies. Shares purchased by checks that are returned will be canceled and you will be liable for any losses or fees incurred by the Fund or its agents, including bank handling charges for returned checks. Once accepted by the Fund or its authorized agent, you may not cancel or revoke your purchase request, but you may redeem your shares at the next determined net asset value for the Fund. However, the Fund may withhold these redemption proceeds until the Fund is reasonably satisfied it has received your payment, which may take up to 15 days.

INVESTMENT MINIMUMS. If you purchase shares directly from a Fund, your initial investment must be for a minimum of $1,000 (or $5,000 for the Value Fund), except for accounts opened under prototype Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”), Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (“ESAs”), and accounts opened with an automatic investment plan. Subsequent purchases made, other than through dividend reinvestment or an automatic investment plan, must be for a minimum of $100. Each Fund may waive or lower its investment minimums for any reason. Different minimums may apply to accounts opened through third parties.

PURCHASES THROUGH THIRD PARTIES. You may purchase shares through a third party broker-dealer or other financial intermediary, but Heartland reserves the right to refuse purchases through any intermediary arrangement that the officers of Heartland determine employs investment strategies that are not in the best interests of the Funds or their shareholders. Shares purchased through third parties may be subject to special fees, different investment minimums and other conditions that do not apply if you purchase your shares directly from the Fund. Third parties also may place limits on your ability to use the shareholder services or receive shareholder information described in this Prospectus. Heartland has allowed some third parties to authorize selected designees to accept purchase orders for the third party on a Fund’s behalf. If you purchase shares through a third party which is also an authorized agent of the Funds, your order will be processed at the net asset value per share next determined after the third party (or its authorized designee) receives your order; other orders will be processed at the net asset value next determined after your order is received by the Funds.

 

16


REDEEMING SHARES

TIME OF REDEMPTION; FORM OF INSTRUCTIONS AND PAYMENT. Your shares will be redeemed at the net asset value per share next determined after your instructions, in English, are received by the Funds or their authorized agent. A redemption order will not be accepted unless the order and related information are complete. The Funds will not accept an order with instructions for redemption on a particular date or at a particular price. The Funds use procedures reasonably designed to authenticate telephone instructions including, for example, requesting personal identification information from callers. The Funds are not liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if these procedures are followed. Once accepted by the Funds or their authorized agent, you may not cancel or revoke your redemption order.

Available proceeds are generally mailed within two business days, or wired on the next business day, after the Fund or its authorized agent accepts your redemption request, although they could be delayed for up to seven days. If redemption instructions are received for shares that have not been paid for, your shares will be redeemed, but the Funds reserve the right to hold the proceeds until payment of the purchase price can be confirmed, which may take up to 15 days. This type of delay can be avoided by purchasing shares by federal funds wire. The Funds do not guarantee the time of receipt of your proceeds and are not responsible for delays in mail or wire services. In limited circumstances as permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (such as when the NYSE is closed or trading is restricted, or when an emergency exists), the Funds may elect to suspend the redemption of shares.

Generally, proceeds will be paid in cash, but the Funds reserve the right to pay redemptions in the amount of $250,000 or more “in kind,” which means you would be paid in portfolio securities. If this occurred, you might incur transaction costs when you sell the portfolio securities.

If you choose to have your redemption proceeds mailed to you and either the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the redemption check to you or the check remains outstanding for at least six months, the Funds reserve the right to reinvest the check in shares of the particular Fund at its then current net asset value until you give the Funds different instructions. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed redemption checks.

REDEMPTIONS BY SHAREHOLDERS WHO ARE NOT INDIVIDUALS. For corporate, trust, partnership, and other institutional accounts, the persons signing the redemption request should also indicate their office or other fiduciary capacity. A certified corporate resolution evidencing the signing officer’s authority to sign on behalf of a corporate shareholder is also required. Executors, administrators, guardians, trusts, and other institutional shareholders should call Heartland prior to mailing their instructions to determine if other documentation may be required.

REDEMPTIONS THROUGH THIRD PARTIES. You may redeem shares through a third party broker-dealer or other financial institution provided the third party presents documentation satisfactory to the Funds indicating it is your authorized agent. Third parties may charge fees for their services and impose terms or conditions that do not apply if you do business directly with the Funds. Heartland has allowed some third parties to authorize selected designees to accept redemption orders for the third party on the Fund’s behalf. If you redeem shares through a third party which is also an authorized agent of the Funds, your order will be processed at the net asset value per share next determined after the third party (or its authorized designee) receives your order; other orders will be processed at the net asset value per share next determined after receipt of the order by the Funds.

INVOLUNTARY REDEMPTION. If you do not participate in an Automatic Investment Plan and your account value in a Fund falls below $500 for three consecutive months or more, we may redeem all of your shares in that Fund, at the Fund’s net asset value per share next determined after we redeem your shares, upon 60 days’ advance notice to you. You may avoid an involuntary redemption by making additional investments to bring your account value up to at least $500.

EARLY REDEMPTION FEE. Shares of any Heartland Fund that are redeemed or exchanged within 10 days after purchase will be assessed a 2% fee on the net asset value of the shares next determined after your request for redemption is received. The fee will apply to shares being redeemed or exchanged in the order in which they are purchased, treating shares that have been held the longest in an account as being redeemed first. The fee is paid to the applicable Fund and is deducted from the redemption proceeds. The purpose of this early redemption fee is to discourage market timing and other short-term trading in the Funds. Short-term trading may be disruptive to the Funds’ normal investment operations and harmful to the interests of long-term shareholders. Heartland reserves the right to modify the terms of or terminate this fee at any time upon notice to shareholders.

The early redemption fee will be waived under the following circumstances:

 

    For shares held in an account of certain retirement or profit sharing plans;

 

    For shares held in tax favored savings plans;

 

    For shares purchased by automatic reinvestment of income or capital gains distributions from any Heartland Fund or the BNY Hamilton Treasury Money Fund;

 

    For shares purchased through an automatic investment plan; and

 

    For shares redeemed through a systematic withdrawal plan.

In addition, the early redemption fee may be waived if the Funds do not have the capability to charge the fee. For example, this may occur if the Funds cannot reasonably identify a shareholder who trades through an omnibus account held by a third party or financial intermediary, or reasonably detect short-term trading through such an account.

 

17


EXCHANGING SHARES

Unless you instruct the Funds that you do not want this service, you are automatically permitted to purchase shares of a Fund with the redemption proceeds for your account in any other Heartland Fund or the BNY Hamilton Treasury Money Fund (the “Money Fund”). This type of transaction is referred to as an “exchange” and may be effected by writing or calling the Funds’ transfer agent. Each exchange represents both a redemption and a purchase of Fund shares. Therefore, you may incur a gain or loss for income tax purposes on an exchange. Written exchanges may be for any amount, but telephone exchanges may be for not less than $1,000 and not more than $500,000. In addition, telephone exchanges may only occur between identically registered accounts.

Investments in the Money Fund or another Heartland Fund are subject to the terms and conditions of that Fund’s Prospectus. You may obtain a current Prospectus by calling 1.800.432.7856 or visiting www.heartlandfunds.com. The Money Fund pays the Distributor an annual fee of up to 0.50% of the Money Fund’s average daily net assets representing shares with respect to which the Distributor provides account servicing, record keeping and distribution services.

Exchanges are subject to the excessive account activity restrictions and the early redemption fee discussed above.

OTHER POLICIES

ELIGIBILITY TO BUY SHARES. Each Fund is available for purchase only by residents of the United States and certain U.S. territories. Please contact Heartland Advisors or the Distributor for a list of the U.S. territories. After opening an account, if you cease to reside in one of these areas, you will be ineligible to purchase additional shares.

CONFIRMING YOUR TRANSACTIONS. Heartland will send you a written confirmation of every purchase and redemption order in the Funds, excluding automatic transactions. You should always verify your order against your confirmation when you receive it. Please contact Heartland or the third party with whom you placed your order promptly if you notice any discrepancy.

Copies of historical account statements are available upon request.

IRAS. The Funds are available for investment under a self-directed IRA plan for individual investors as well as Simplified Employee Pension (“SEP”) IRAs for self-employed persons and employers and Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (formerly known as Educational IRAs). Each Fund is available for investment under these programs at a reduced initial investment minimum of $500. Booklets describing these programs and the forms necessary for establishing accounts under them are available on request from Heartland.

The IRA custodian charges an annual maintenance fee (currently $15.00) per IRA holder. No other fees are charged by the custodian to IRA account holders.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING. Under IRS rules, you must furnish to the Funds your properly certified social security or other tax identification number to avoid Federal income tax backup withholding on dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds. If you do not do so, or the IRS informs the Funds that your tax identification number is incorrect, the Funds may be required to withhold a percentage of your taxable distributions and redemptions proceeds. Amounts withheld by the Funds are submitted to the IRS and are not usually recoverable by the Funds.

SIGNATURE GUARANTEES. To protect your account, the Funds reserve the right to require a signature guarantee for written redemption instructions. Normally, a signature guarantee will be required if the redemption proceeds will exceed $50,000. A signature guarantee will also be required if the proceeds are being paid to a third party, mailed to an address other than the address listed on the Fund’s records or to an address that was changed within the last 15 days, or forwarded to a bank not identified on the Fund's records as authorized to receive the proceeds. Acceptable guarantors include, among others, banks and brokerage firms that are members of a domestic stock exchange. Notaries public cannot guarantee signatures.

Normally the Funds accept only medallion guarantees. Medallion guarantees are issued by guarantors that participate in one of several signature guarantee programs that are designed to promote safe and accurate securities transactions. A medallion guarantee provides additional protective measures through the use of special technology like bar codes, magnetic security ink and scanners.

RESERVED RIGHTS. In addition to other reserved rights, the Funds may:

 

    Refuse, change, discontinue or temporarily suspend account services, including purchase, exchange or redemption privileges, for any reason.

 

    Reject any purchase request for any reason.

 

    Freeze any account and/or involuntarily redeem an account if we think that the account is being used for fraudulent or illegal purposes. We may take this action when, at our sole discretion, we deem it to be in the Fund’s best interest or when the Fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental authority or by applicable law.

 

    Waive or lower any minimum dollar investment amount.

 

    Suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed, trading on the NYSE is restricted, or when an emergency exists that prevents the Funds from disposing of its portfolio securities or pricing its shares.

 

18


SHARE PRICE

Shares of a Fund are purchased and redeemed at the net asset value per share next determined following receipt of your order by the Fund or its authorized agent. Net asset value is the difference between the values of the Fund’s assets and liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. It is determined as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time but may be earlier in the case of a holiday or when an emergency exists) on each day the NYSE is open (the “Close of Trading”). Orders received after the Close of Trading are priced at the net asset value per share determined on the next business day of the Fund. Third parties acting as authorized agents of the Funds are required to segregate orders received after the Close of Trading and transmit those orders separately for execution at the net asset value per share next subsequently determined.

For purposes of determining net asset value for a particular Fund, the Fund’s portfolio securities are valued on the basis of market quotations or at fair value in accordance with pricing policies and procedures adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors. The Funds use a “fair value” methodology to value securities for which market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable. Market quotations are readily available in most instances for the common stocks and other equity securities in which the Funds invest. However, some of the stocks and equity securities held by the Funds may be illiquid or thinly traded due to their small market capitalizations, the size of the Fund’s position or otherwise, and are valued at their fair values. An equity security may also be priced at its fair value when the exchange on which the security is principally traded closes early or when trading in the security was halted during the day and did not resume prior to the Fund’s net asset value calculation. The pricing committee for Heartland may also make a fair value determination if it reasonably determines that a significant event, which materially affects the value of a security, occurs after the time at which the market price for the security is determined but prior to the time at which a Fund’s net asset value is calculated. Debt securities are generally stated at fair value as furnished by an independent pricing service based primarily on information concerning market transactions and dealer quotations for similar securities, or by dealers who make markets in such securities. Debt securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at acquisition cost, plus or minus any amortized discount or premium.

Fair valuation of a particular security is an inherently subjective process, with no single standard to utilize when determining a security’s fair value. As such, different funds could reasonably arrive at a different fair value price for the same security. In each case where a security is fair valued, consideration is given to the facts and circumstances relevant to the particular situation. This consideration includes reviewing various factors set forth in the pricing procedures adopted by the Funds’ Board of Directors and other factors as warranted. In making a fair value determination, factors that may be considered, among others, include: the type and structure of the security; unusual events or circumstances relating to the security’s issuer; general market conditions; prior day’s valuation; fundamental analytical data; size of the holding; cost of the security on the date of purchase; nature and duration of any restriction on disposition; trading activities and prices of similar securities or financial instruments.

 

19


SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND REPORTING

HEARTLAND VALUE AT WORK™

Heartland’s website, Heartland Value At Work™, located at www.heartlandfunds.com, provides investors with a variety of information about the Funds, including daily share prices, market updates and shareholder reports. Shareholders can access their accounts directly to review current balances, recent transactions and other account information.

INVESTMENT REPORTS AND PROSPECTUSES

The Funds’ portfolio managers review their strategies and results in Value Reports , which also contain schedules of investments and Fund financial statements. Heartland Advisors periodically publishes and mails to shareholders other investment and performance information. Shareholders also receive annual prospectus updates.

Whenever practicable, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, a single report, prospectus or other communication will be mailed to shareholders who share a single address. This practice is referred to as “householding.” To receive additional copies or discontinue our practice of householding your materials, you may visit our website (www.heartlandfunds.com), call Shareholder Services at 1-800-432-7856, or write to Heartland at 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, WI 53202. If you choose to discontinue the practice of householding your materials, the Funds will begin to send separate copies to you within 30 days after we receive your notice of discontinuation.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS

A dividend from net investment income represents the income a Fund earns from dividends and interest paid on its investments, after payment of Fund expenses. A capital gain or loss is the increase or decrease in the value of a security that a Fund holds compared to its original purchase price. The gain or loss is “unrealized” until the security is sold. Each realized capital gain or loss is either short-term or long-term depending on whether the Fund held the security for one year or less, or more than one year. This is the case regardless of how long you hold your Fund shares.

Substantially all of the net investment income of the Select Value and Value Funds will generally be paid to shareholders annually as a dividend. The Value Plus Fund will generally pay dividends from net investment income quarterly. If a Fund has net capital gains for a year, the Fund normally will distribute substantially all of its net capital gains at the end of the year. Both types of distributions are automatically invested in additional shares for your account unless you elect on your Account Application to have them invested in another Heartland Fund or to have them paid to you in cash. Fund dividends and capital gain distributions that are reinvested will be confirmed on your account statement for the quarter in which the reinvestment is made.

If you choose to have dividends or capital gain distributions, or both, mailed to you and either the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the distribution check to you or the check remains outstanding for at least six months, the Funds reserve the right to reinvest the check and future distributions in shares of the particular Fund at their then-current net asset value until you give the Funds different instructions. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed distribution checks.

“BUYING A DIVIDEND.” Please note that if you purchase shares of a Fund just before the record date of a capital gain distribution, you will receive a portion of your purchase price back as a taxable distribution. The Fund's net asset value per share on the record date will be reduced by the amount of the dividend. This is sometimes referred to as “buying a dividend.” To obtain additional information about distributions, you may visit our website (www.heartlandfunds.com), call Shareholder Services at 1-800-432-7856, or write to Heartland at 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, WI 53202.

TAXES

The character of distributions that a Fund makes (i.e., income, short term capital gains or long term capital gains - see discussion under “Dividends and Capital Gain Distributions” above) affects the tax treatment of those distributions to you. In particular, all income distributions (other than qualified dividends) and short term capital gains will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Long term capital gains will be taxable as long term capital gains to shareholders. Dividends from domestic corporations held by the Funds may be considered “qualified dividends,” as provided under the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003. If certain holding period requirements are met, these dividends may be taxed at reduced rates. If a Fund declares a distribution in December, but does not pay it until January of the following year, you still will be taxed as if the distribution were paid in December. The Transfer Agent for the Fund will process your distribution and send you a statement for tax purposes each year showing the source of distributions for the preceding year. These tax rules apply whether dividends and distributions are paid by the Funds to you in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Funds.

If you redeem or exchange your shares, the transaction is a taxable event. Generally, you will recognize a capital gain or loss for federal income tax purposes of an amount equal to the difference between the cost of your shares and the price you receive when you sell them. Special tax rules apply to non-individual shareholders and shareholders owning Fund shares in IRAs and tax-sheltered retirement plans. State and local tax rules differ from the federal tax rules described in this Prospectus. Because this tax information is only a general overview, you should consult with your own tax advisor about the tax consequences of your investment in the Funds.

 

20


PRIVACY POLICY

At Heartland, we respect your right to privacy. We understand that the privacy and security of your nonpublic personal information is important to you and we maintain safeguards designed to protect your data from unauthorized access. We do not sell this information to anyone and only share such information with others as permitted by law for the purpose of serving your investment needs.

We collect only information that is either required or necessary to provide personalized financial services to you. Any information you choose to provide is kept confidential and allows us to:

 

    Service your account;

 

    Deliver products and services that may be of interest to you;

 

    Prevent unauthorized access to your account;

 

    Improve customer service; and

 

    Comply with legal and regulatory requirements.

Depending on the nature of your relationship with us, we collect nonpublic personal information such as name, address, Social Security number, telephone number and income from the following sources:

 

    Information we receive from you on applications or other forms, on our website, or through other means;

 

    Information we receive from you through transactions, correspondence and other communications with us; and

 

    Information we otherwise obtain from you in connection with providing you a financial product or service.

We do not share the information we collect about our customers or former customers with any third parties, except as required or permitted by law. This means we may disclose the information we collect to our affiliates and companies who help us maintain and service your account. For example, we may share information with a transfer agent or clearing broker to process your securities transactions and update your account or to an external service provider so that your account statements can be printed and mailed. These companies are only permitted to use this information for the services for which we hired them, and are not permitted to use or share this information for any other purpose. We may also disclose nonpublic personal information to government agencies and regulatory organizations when permitted or required by law.

For your protection, we restrict access to your nonpublic personal information to those individuals who need to know that information to provide products and services to you. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that are designed to comply with federal standards to maintain the confidentiality of your nonpublic personal information.

The accuracy of your personal information is important to us. You can correct, update or confirm your personal information anytime by calling Heartland at 1-800-432-7856.

 

21


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The following financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand each Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 fiscal years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the tables represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Funds over the period presented (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). The information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds' financial statements, are included in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is available upon request.

SELECT VALUE FUND

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  

PER SHARE DATA

          

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 23.37     $ 20.16     $ 14.87     $ 17.30     $ 15.03  

Income (loss) from investment operations:

          

Net investment income

     0.06       0.01       0.01       0.03       0.08  

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, futures and the translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currency

     3.10       3.42       5.29       (2.43 )     2.37  
                                        

Total income (loss) from investment operations

     3.16       3.43       5.30       (2.40 )     2.45  

Less distributions from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.06 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.03 )     (0.02 )

Net realized gains on investments

     (0.91 )     (0.21 )     —         —         (0.16 )
                                        

Total distributions

     (0.97 )     (0.22 )     (0.01 )     (0.03 )     (0.18 )
                                        

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 25.56     $ 23.37     $ 20.16     $ 14.87     $ 17.30  
                                        

TOTAL RETURN

     13.49 %     17.02 %     35.66 %     (13.85 )%     16.43 %

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

          

Net assets, end of period (in thousands)

   $ 154,765     $ 109,528     $ 75,678     $ 56,268     $ 29,462  

Percentage of expenses to average net assets

     1.27 %     1.33 %     1.47 %     1.46 %     1.48 % (1)

Percentage of net investment income to average net assets

     0.27 %     0.07 %     0.06 %     0.21 %     0.78 %

Portfolio turnover rate

     42 %     72 %     47 %     39 %     108 %

 

(1) If there had been no expense reimbursement or management fee waiver by the Advisor, the percentage of net expenses to average net assets for the year ended December 31, 2001 would have been 1.93%.

VALUE PLUS FUND

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  

PER SHARE DATA

          

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 26.85     $ 23.57     $ 15.39     $ 16.12     $ 12.11  

Income (loss) from investment operations:

          

Net investment income

     0.15       0.09       0.06       0.12       0.18  

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, futures and the translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currency

     0.22 (1)     3.91       8.17       (0.73 )     4.01  
                                        

Total income (loss) from investment operations

     0.37       4.00       8.23       (0.61 )     4.19  

Less distributions from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.12 )     (0.07 )     (0.05 )     (0.12 )     (0.18 )

Net realized gains on investments

     (1.25 )     (0.65 )     —         —         —    
                                        

Total distributions

     (1.37 )     (0.72 )     (0.05 )     (0.12 )     (0.18 )
                                        

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 25.85     $ 26.85     $ 23.57     $ 15.39     $ 16.12  
                                        

TOTAL RETURN

     1.34 %     16.98 %     53.56 %     (3.79 )%     34.76 %

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

          

Net assets, end of period (in thousands)

   $ 274,786     $ 416,516     $ 218,982     $ 57,657     $ 60,057  

Percentage of expenses to average net assets

     1.25 %     1.23 %     1.34 %     1.44 %     1.48 %

Percentage of net investment income to average net assets

     0.49 %     0.34 %     0.32 %     0.75 %     1.27 %

Portfolio turnover rate

     36 %     57 %     68 %     65 %     80 %

 

(1) The per share amount shown throughout the period does not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in the portfolio of securities during the period because of the timing of sales and purchases of fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values during the period.

 

22


VALUE FUND

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  

PER SHARE DATA

          

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 49.81     $ 51.14     $ 31.46     $ 37.25     $ 32.98  

Income (loss) from investment operations:

          

Net investment loss

     (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.20 )     (0.17 )     (0.10 )

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, futures and the translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currency

     1.27       4.59       22.24       (4.09 )     9.57  
                                        

Total income (loss) from investment operations

     1.02       4.34       22.04       (4.26 )     9.47  

Less distributions from:

          

Net realized gains on investments

     (6.03 )     (5.67 )     (2.36 )     (1.53 )     (5.20 )
                                        

Total distributions

     (6.03 )     (5.67 )     (2.36 )     (1.53 )     (5.20 )
                                        

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 44.80     $ 49.81     $ 51.14     $ 31.46     $ 37.25  
                                        

TOTAL RETURN

     1.99 %     9.11 %     70.16 %     (11.49 )%     29.45 %

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

          

Net assets, end of period (in thousands)

   $ 1,537,575     $ 1,876,300     $ 2,185,264     $ 923,754     $ 1,093,215  

Percentage of expenses to average net assets (1)

     1.19 %     1.20 %     1.28 %     1.29 %     1.29 %

Percentage of expenses to average net assets (excluding dividend expense)

     1.17 %     1.20 %     1.28 %     1.29 %     1.29 %

Percentage of net investment loss to average net assets

     (0.51 )%     (0.46 )%     (0.63 )%     (0.48 )%     (0.29 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

     36 %     32 %     48 %     49 %     56 %

 

(1) Includes dividend expense on short sales.

 

23


HEARTLAND FUNDS

General Information and Account/Price Information (24 hours):

1-800-432-7856 or 414-289-7000

www.heartlandfunds.com

HEARTLAND FUNDS

789 North Water Street, Suite 500,

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

INVESTMENT ADVISOR

Heartland Advisors, Inc.

789 North Water Street, Suite 500,

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

DISTRIBUTOR

Heartland Investor Services, LLC

3435 Stelzer Road,

Columbus, Ohio 43219

CUSTODIAN

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

40 Water Street,

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc.

3435 Stelzer Road,

Columbus, Ohio 43219

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

100 East Wisconsin Avenue,

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

COUNSEL

Quarles & Brady LLP

411 East Wisconsin Avenue,

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

If you have any questions about the Heartland Funds or would like more information, including a free copy of the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), or their Annual or Semi-Annual Reports, you may call or write Heartland Investor Services, LLC at:

Heartland Investor Services, LLC

789 North Water Street, Suite 500

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

1-800-432-7856 or 414-289-7000

You may also obtain the SAI, the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, Form N-Q and other relevant information at Heartland Funds’ website (www.heartlandfunds.com).

The SAI, which contains more information on the Funds, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and is legally a part of this Prospectus. Additional information about the Funds’ investments is available in the Funds’ Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, which are also filed with the SEC. A complete list of the Funds’ portfolio securities is contained in the most recent Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report or Form N-Q. In the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, you will also find a discussion of market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Fund’s performance during the prior fiscal year and six month fiscal period, respectively.

To view these documents, along with other related documents, you can visit the SEC’s Internet website (http://www.sec.gov) or the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling 1-202-942-8090. Additionally, copies of this information can be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending an e-mail request to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Investment Company Act File No. 811-4982

 

24


LOGO

Past performance does not guarantee future results. The performance data quoted represents past performance and current returns may be lower or higher. The investment return and principal value will fluctuate so that an investor’s shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than the original cost. All returns reflect reinvested dividends, but do not reflect the deduction of taxes that an investor would pay on distributions or redemptions. Subject to certain exceptions, shares of a Fund redeemed or exchanged within 10 days of purchase are subject to a 2% redemption fee. Performance does not reflect this fee, which if deducted would reduce performance. To obtain performance information current to the most recent month end, please call 1-800-432-7856 or visit www.heartlandfunds.com.

Statements regarding particular securities are not recommendations to buy or sell the securities discussed, but rather illustrations of our value investment strategy. Such statements represent the portfolio manager’s views when made and are subject to change at any time based on market and other considerations.

An investor should consider the Funds’ investment objectives, risks, charges and expenses carefully before investing or sending money. This and other important information can be found in the Funds’ prospectus. To obtain a prospectus, please call 1-800-432-7856 or visit www.heartlandfunds.com to download. Please read the prospectus carefully before investing.

LOGO

Heartland Investor Services, LLC, Distributor

789 North Water Street, Suite 500

Milwaukee, WI 53202


STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

DATED MAY 1, 2006

Heartland Select Value Fund

Heartland Value Plus Fund

Heartland Value Fund

789 North Water Street

Suite 500

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

1-800-432-7856

www.heartlandfunds.com

Heartland Group, Inc. (“Heartland”) is registered as an open-end, management investment company consisting of the separate mutual fund series, including those listed above (the “Funds”). The investment advisor for the Funds is Heartland Advisors, Inc. (“Heartland Advisors”). This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates to the Funds, each of which has a distinct investment objective and program.

This SAI is not a prospectus, but provides you with additional information that should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus for the Funds, dated May 1, 2006. You may obtain a free copy of the Funds’ Prospectus and an account application by contacting the distributor, Heartland Investor Services, LLC (“Heartland Investor Services”), at the street or website address, or at the telephone number listed above.

The financial statements of the Funds and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm thereon are incorporated by reference into this Statement of Additional Information from the Funds’ Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2005. See “Financial Statements.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

INTRODUCTION TO THE FUNDS

   2

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE FUNDS

   2

TYPES OF SECURITIES

   5

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

   29

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

   33

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

   37

MANAGEMENT

   38

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

   49

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

   49

DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

   53

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

   56

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

   61

PURCHASES AND SALES

   62

ADDITIONAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

   65

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   65


INTRODUCTION TO THE FUNDS

Each member of the Heartland family of funds is a separate series of Heartland Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation formed in 1986 and registered as an open-end, management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). Each Fund is a diversified fund and has a distinct investment objective and program. In addition to the Funds, Heartland has three series that had been under the control of a court-appointed receiver - Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund, Heartland Short Duration High-Yield Municipal Fund and Heartland High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund – and were liquidated in December 2004.

The Heartland Select Value Fund commenced operations on October 11, 1996. The Heartland Value Plus Fund commenced operations on October 26, 1993. The Heartland Value Fund commenced operations on December 28, 1984.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE FUNDS

Heartland Select Value Fund

The Heartland Select Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. The Fund invests primarily in common stocks whose current market prices, in Heartland Advisors’ judgment, are undervalued relative to their intrinsic value. Heartland Advisors uses its strict value criteria to identify what it believes are the best available investment opportunities for the Fund. Using a multi-cap approach, the Fund invests in companies of all sizes, although the companies in which the Fund invests normally have market capitalizations in excess of $500 million at the time of purchase. The median market capitalization of the Fund is expected to fluctuate over time depending on Heartland Advisor’s perceptions of relative valuations, future prospects and market conditions.

As the Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 60), a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund’s net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This may increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price and investment return.

To pursue its objective, the Fund may also invest in debt securities, although under normal market conditions the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its assets in such securities. The Fund may invest in other securities, including preferred stocks, warrants, convertible securities, foreign securities and cash equivalents. There are no credit quality limitations on the convertible or debt securities in which the Fund may invest. Although not a principal investment strategy, the Fund may utilize other investments and investment techniques from time to time which may impact Fund performance, including options, futures and other structured transactions. The Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).

 

2


Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, the Fund may temporarily invest in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short-term corporate debt securities, variable rate demand notes, U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. It also might prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested.

In pursuing its objective, the Fund may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company’s management. The Fund also may employ the investment techniques described in its Prospectus and in the sections of this SAI titled “Types of Securities” and “Portfolio Management Strategies.” The Fund’s investment objective may be changed with the approval of the Board of Directors and notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

Heartland Value Plus Fund

The Heartland Value Plus Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation and modest current income. The Fund invests primarily in a limited number of equity securities of smaller companies selected on a value basis. The Fund generally invests in dividend-paying common stocks and may also invest, to a limited extent, in preferred stocks and convertible securities, which may provide income to the Fund. The Fund primarily invests in companies with market capitalizations between $300 million and $2 billion at the time of purchase.

The Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 60). Therefore, a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund’s net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This may increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price and investment return.

To pursue its objective, the Fund may also invest in debt securities, although under normal market conditions the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its assets in such securities. The Fund may invest in other securities, including preferred stock, warrants, convertible securities, foreign securities and cash equivalents. There are no credit quality limitations on the convertible or debt securities in which the Fund may invest. The Fund may utilize other investments and investment techniques from time to time which may impact Fund performance, including options, futures and other structured transactions. The Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the CFTC.

Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, the Fund may temporarily invest in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short-term corporate debt

 

3


securities, variable rate demand notes, U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. It also might prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested.

In pursuing its objective, the Fund may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company’s management. The Fund also may employ the investment techniques described in its Prospectus and in the sections of this SAI titled “Types of Securities” and “Portfolio Management Strategies.” The Fund’s investment objective may be changed with the approval of the Board of Directors and notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

Heartland Value Fund

Heartland Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation through investing in small companies. The Fund invests primarily in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of less than $1.5 billion selected on a value basis, and may invest a significant portion of its assets in micro-capitalization companies, i.e. , those with market capitalizations of less than $300 million at the time of purchase.

Investing in the equity securities of smaller companies involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of larger companies. In general, the prices of securities of smaller companies may be more volatile than those of larger companies, they may have less market liquidity, and they may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. These risks generally increase as the size of the companies decrease.

To pursue its objective, the Fund may also invest in debt securities, although under normal market conditions the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its assets in such securities. It may invest in other securities, including equity securities of larger companies, preferred stocks, warrants, convertible securities, foreign securities and cash equivalents. There are no credit quality limitations on the convertible or debt securities in which the Fund may invest. The Fund may utilize other investments and investment techniques from time to time which may impact Fund performance, including options, futures and other structured transactions. The Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the CFTC.

Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, the Fund may temporarily invest in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short-term corporate debt securities, variable rate demand notes, U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. It also might prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested.

 

4


In pursuing its objective, the Fund may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company’s management. The Fund also may employ the investment techniques described in its Prospectus and in the sections of this SAI titled “Types of Securities” and “Portfolio Management Strategies.” The Fund’s investment objective may be changed with the approval of the Board of Directors and notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

TYPES OF SECURITIES

The following information supplements the discussion of the Funds’ investments described in the Prospectus.

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities in which the Funds may invest include any bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. By investing in convertible securities, a Fund obtains the right to benefit from the capital appreciation potential in the underlying common stock upon exercise of the conversion right, while generally earning higher current income than would be available if the stock were purchased directly. In determining whether to purchase a convertible security, Heartland Advisors will look to the conversion feature and consider substantially the same investment criteria it would consider if purchasing the underlying common stock. However, these securities will nevertheless be subject to the same quality and investment limitations applicable to the Funds’ investments in debt securities.

The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value,” which is determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable quality and maturity that do not have the conversion privilege, and its “conversion value,” which is the security’s worth if converted into the underlying common stock. Investment value is typically influenced by interest rates and the credit standing of the issuer. Conversion value is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock and generally decreases as the convertible security approaches maturity.

Custodial Receipts and Participation Interests

Each Fund may invest in custodial receipts which represent ownership in future interest or principal payments, or both, on certain securities that are underwritten by securities dealers or banks.

Each Fund may also invest in participation interests in securities. Participation interests give a Fund an undivided interest in a security in the proportion that the Fund’s participation interest bears to the principal amount of the security.

 

5


Debt Securities

The Funds may invest in debt securities of corporate and governmental issuers. The Funds may invest up to 35% of their respective total assets in corporate debt securities and U.S. Governmental obligations, but under normal market conditions will not invest more than 10% of their respective assets in such securities. There are no credit quality or maturity limitations on a Fund’s investments in debt securities.

The risks inherent in short-, intermediate- and long-term debt securities depend on a variety of factors, including the term of the obligations, the size of a particular offering and the credit quality and rating of the issuer, in addition to general market conditions. In general, the longer the maturity of a debt obligation, the higher its yield and the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Conversely, the shorter the maturity, the lower the yield but the greater the price stability. A decline in the prevailing levels of interest rates will generally increase the value of the securities held by a Fund, and an increase in rates will generally have the opposite effect.

Yields on debt securities depend on a variety of factors, including the financial condition of the issuer or other obligor thereon or the revenue source from which debt service is payable, the general economic and monetary environment, conditions in the relevant market, the size of a particular issue, maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.

Debt obligations rated high and some debt obligations rated medium quality are commonly referred to as “investment-grade” debt obligations. Investment-grade debt obligations are generally believed to have relatively low degrees of credit risk. However, medium-quality debt obligations, while considered investment grade, may have some speculative characteristics, since their issuers’ capacity for repayment may be more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances than that of higher-rated issuers. The principal value of lower-rated securities generally will fluctuate more widely than higher-quality securities. Lower-quality securities entail a higher degree of risk as to the payment of interest and return of principal. Such securities are also subject to special risks, discussed below. To compensate investors for taking on such increased risk, issuers deemed to be less creditworthy generally must offer their investors higher interest rates than do issuers with better credit ratings.

In conducting its credit research and analysis, Heartland Advisors considers both qualitative and quantitative factors to evaluate the creditworthiness of individual issuers. Heartland Advisors also relies, in part, on credit ratings compiled by a number of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”).

All ratings limitations are applied at the time of purchase. Subsequent to purchase, a debt security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by a Fund. Neither event will require the sale of such a security, but it will be a factor in considering whether to continue to hold the security. To the extent that ratings change as a result of changes in a rating organization or their rating systems, the Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for selecting investments.

 

6


“High-Yield” Risk. Each Fund’s investment program permits it to invest in non-investment grade debt obligations, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” (hereinafter referred to as “lower-quality securities”). Lower-quality securities are those securities that are rated lower than investment grade and unrated securities believed by Heartland Advisors to be of comparable quality. Although these securities generally offer higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, lower-quality securities involve greater risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy. In general, they are regarded to be more speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Other potential risks associated with investing in high-yield securities include:

 

    Effect of Interest Rates and Economic Changes. The market for lower-quality and comparable unrated securities is relatively new and its growth has paralleled a long economic expansion. As a result, it is not clear how this market would withstand a prolonged recession or economic downturn. Such conditions could severely disrupt the market for, and adversely affect the value of, such securities.

 

       All interest-bearing securities typically experience price appreciation when interest rates decline and price depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect individual issuer developments to a greater extent than do higher rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risk than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The issuer’s ability to service its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific corporate developments, the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of the securities is significantly greater than issues of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to their creditors. Further, if the issuer of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security defaulted, a Fund might incur additional expense to seek recovery. Periods of economic uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of these securities and thus in a Fund’s net asset value.

 

7


       As previously noted, the value of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security generally will decrease in a rising interest rate market, and a Fund’s net asset value will decline correspondingly. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions in such a market, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits. Due to the limited liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities (discussed below), a Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial discount. Any such liquidation could force the Fund to sell the more liquid portion of its portfolio.

 

    Credit Risk . Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities. They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of lower-quality securities, and therefore may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of the issuer that affect the market value of the security. Consequently, credit ratings, including, for example, those published by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (“S&P”), Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings, are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality. Investments in lower-quality and comparable unrated obligations will be more dependent on Heartland Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case with investments in investment-grade debt obligations. Accordingly, Heartland Advisors monitors bonds held in a Fund’s portfolio to assess and determine whether the issuers will have sufficient cash flow to meet required principal and interest payments, and to assure the continued liquidity of such bonds so that the Fund can meet redemption requests.

 

    Legal Risk. Securities in which a Fund may invest are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Code, and laws, if any, which may be enacted by Congress, state legislatures or other governmental agencies extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations within constitutional limitations. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to make principal and interest payments on their debt securities may be materially impaired.

 

8


       From time to time, legislation designed to limit the use of certain lower-quality and comparable unrated securities by certain issuers may be adopted. It is anticipated that if legislation is enacted or proposed, it could have a material affect on the value of these securities and the existence of a secondary trading market for such securities.

 

    Liquidity Risk . A Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain lower quality and comparable unrated securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. Because not all dealers maintain markets in all lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, there is no established retail secondary market for many of these securities. The Funds anticipate that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it generally is not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the market price of the security and disposition of the security may involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expense. As a result, a Fund’s net asset value and ability to dispose of particular securities when necessary to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs, or in response to a specific economic event, may be affected.

U.S. Government Obligations . Each Fund may invest in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. These securities include a variety of Treasury securities, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance. Treasury Bills generally have maturities of one year or less; Treasury Notes generally have maturities of one to ten years; and Treasury Bonds generally have maturities of greater than ten years. Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities, such as Government National Mortgage Association pass-through certificates, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; other obligations, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, are secured by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; other obligations, such as those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and other obligations, such as those issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality itself. Although the U.S. Government provides financial support to such U.S. Government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it will always do so, since it is not so obligated by law.

Floating and Variable Rate Securities . Each Fund may invest in securities which offer a variable or floating rate of interest. Floating rate securities generally provide for automatic adjustment of the interest rate whenever some specified interest rate index changes. Variable rate securities, on the other hand, provide for automatic establishment of a new interest rate at fixed intervals. Interest rates on floating and

 

9


variable rate securities are based on a designated rate or a specified percentage thereof, such as a bank’s prime rate.

Floating or variable rate securities typically include a demand feature entitling the holder to demand payment of the obligation on short notice at par plus accrued interest. Some securities which do not have floating or variable interest rates may be accompanied by puts producing similar results and price characteristics. The issuer of these securities normally has a corresponding right, after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the note plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice to the noteholders. When considering the maturity of any instrument which may be sold or put to the issuer or a third party, the Fund may consider the instrument’s maturity to be shorter than its stated maturity.

Deferrable Subordinated Securities . Certain securities have been issued recently which have long maturities and are deeply subordinated in the issuer’s capital structure. They generally have 30-year maturities and permit the issuer to defer distributions for up to five years. These characteristics give the issuer more financial flexibility than is typically the case with traditional bonds. As a result, the securities may be viewed by rating agencies and bank regulators as possessing certain “equity-like” features. However, the securities are treated as debt securities by market participants, and each Fund intends to treat them as such as well. These securities may offer a mandatory put or remarketing option that creates an effective maturity date significantly shorter than the stated one. Each Fund may invest in these securities to the extent their yield, credit and maturity characteristics are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and strategies.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds . Each Fund may invest in inflation-indexed bonds issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The interest rate on these bonds is generally fixed at issuance at a rate lower than typical bonds. Over the life of an inflation-indexed bond, however, interest will be paid based on a principal value that is adjusted for inflation.

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward and, as a result, the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. If any such downward adjustment in the principal value of an inflation-indexed bond exceeds the interest otherwise includable in a Fund’s gross income for the relevant tax year, the excess will be treated as an ordinary loss.

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation increases, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted upward and, as a result, the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a larger principal amount) will be increased. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income and will be includable in a Fund’s gross income in the period in which it accrues, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity, subject to offset against any tax loss carryforwards from earlier tax years. There can be no assurance that the applicable inflation index for the security will

 

10


accurately measure the real rate of inflation (or deflation) in the prices of goods and services.

Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Securities. Mortgage-related securities in which the Funds may invest include mortgage pass-through securities and derivative mortgage securities, such as collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities, issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or by private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans, including savings associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment bankers, and special purpose entities (collectively, “private lenders”). Mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of non-governmental credit enhancement.

Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed debt obligations represent direct or indirect participation in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other installment loan contracts, home equity loans, leases of various types of property, and receivables from credit card or other revolving credit arrangements. The credit quality of most asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the securities. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on asset-backed debt obligations may be supported by non-governmental credit enhancements including letters of credit, reserve funds, overcollateralization, and guarantees by third parties. The market for privately issued asset-backed debt obligations is smaller and less liquid than the market for government sponsored mortgage-backed securities.

In general, mortgage-related and asset-backed securities have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until the entire principal amount comes due at maturity, payments on certain mortgage-related and asset-backed securities include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal on mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing, or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans or other assets. Prepayments may result in early payment of the applicable mortgage-related or asset-backed securities. In that event, a Fund may be unable to invest the proceeds from the early payment of the mortgage-related or asset-backed securities in an investment that provides as high a yield as the mortgage-related or asset-backed securities. Consequently, early payment associated with mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed-income securities. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayments generally tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of

 

11


prepayments generally decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. If the life of a mortgage-related or asset-backed security is inaccurately predicted, a Fund may not be able to realize the rate of return it expected.

Mortgage-related and asset-backed securities are less effective than other types of securities as a means of “locking in” attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayments likely would have to be reinvested at lower rates. As a result, these securities may have less potential for capital appreciation during periods of declining interest rates than other securities of comparable maturities, although they may have a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates.

Prepayments may cause losses in securities purchased at a premium. At times, some of the mortgage-related and asset-backed securities in which a Fund may invest may have higher than market yields and, therefore, will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Unscheduled prepayments, which are made at par, will cause the Fund to experience a loss equal to any unamortized premium. In addition, the value of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may change due to changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer, and the mortgage-related and asset-backed securities markets in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental regulation or tax policies.

Certain characteristics of adjustable rate mortgage securities (“ARMs”) may make them more susceptible to prepayments than other mortgage-related securities. Unlike fixed rate mortgages, the interest rates on adjustable rate mortgages are adjusted at regular intervals, generally based on a specified, published interest rate index. Investments in ARMs allow a Fund to participate in changing interest rate levels through regular adjustments in the coupons of the underlying mortgages, resulting in more variable current income and potentially shorter duration characteristics than longer-term fixed rate mortgage securities. The extent to which the values of ARMs fluctuate with changes in interest rates will depend on the frequency of the interest resets on the underlying mortgages, and the specific indexes underlying the ARMs, as certain indexes closely mirror market interest rate levels and others tend to lag changes in market rates.

ARMs will frequently have caps and floors which limit the maximum amount by which the interest rate on the underlying mortgage loans may move up or down during each adjustment period and over the life of the loan. Interest rate caps on ARMs may cause them to decrease in value in an increasing interest rate environment and may also prevent their income from increasing to levels commensurate with prevailing interest rates. Conversely, interest rate floors on ARMs may cause their income to remain higher than prevailing interest rate levels and result in an increase in the value of such securities. However, this increase may be tempered by an acceleration of prepayments. In general, ARMs tend to experience higher levels of prepayment than other mortgage-related securities. During favorable interest rate environments, holders of adjustable rate mortgages have greater incentives to refinance with fixed rate

 

12


mortgages in order to avoid interest rate risk. In addition, significant increases in the index rates used for adjustment of the mortgages may result in increased delinquency, default and foreclosure rates, which in turn would increase the rate of prepayment on the ARMs.

Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are designed to reduce the risk of prepayment for investors by issuing multiple classes of securities, each having different maturities, interest rates and payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subject to contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series of a CMO held by a Fund would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying other mortgage-related securities. The prices of certain CMOs, depending on their structure and the rate of prepayments, can be volatile and the market for certain CMOs may not be as liquid as the market for other securities in general.

Similarly, prepayments could also result in losses on stripped mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Stripped mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are commonly structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of loans. A Fund may invest in both the interest-only or “IO” class and the principal-only or “PO” class. The yield to maturity on an IO class of stripped mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse effect on a Fund’s yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, POs tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. Complex instruments such as CMOs and stripped mortgage-backed securities may have a structure that makes their reaction to interest rates and other factors difficult to predict, potentially making their price highly volatile.

The secondary market for stripped mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other securities, potentially limiting the Funds’ ability to obtain market quotations for those securities or to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.

It is anticipated that certain entities may create loan pools offering pass-through investments in addition to the types discussed above, including securities with underlying pools of derivative mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. As new types of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities are developed and offered to investors, Heartland Advisors will, consistent with each Fund’s objective and investment policies, consider making investments in such new types of securities.

 

13


Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon and Pay-in-Kind Securities . Each Fund may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities. These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal income tax law requires the holders of the zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such securities accrued during that year. In order to continue to qualify for treatment as a “regulated investment company” under the Internal Revenue Code and avoid a certain excise tax, a Fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which could occur in periods of adverse market conditions, in order to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.

Derivative Instruments

Each Fund may invest in a broad array of financial instruments and securities, the value of which is “derived” from the performance of an underlying asset or a “benchmark” such as a security index, an interest rate, or a currency. In particular, each Fund may engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and hybrid instruments to (a) hedge against anticipated declines in the market value of its portfolio securities or currencies and against increases in the market values of securities or currencies it intends to acquire, (b) to manage exposure to changing interest rates (duration management), (c) to enhance total return or (d) to invest in eligible asset classes with greater efficiency and lower cost than is possible through direct investment.

Some options and futures strategies, including selling futures, buying puts and writing calls, tend to hedge a Fund’s investments against price fluctuations. Other strategies, including buying futures, writing puts, and buying calls, tend to increase market exposure. Options and futures may be combined with each other in order to adjust the risk and return characteristics of a Fund’s overall strategy. Futures, options and options on futures have durations which, in general, are closely related to the duration of the underlying securities. Holding long futures or call option positions will lengthen the duration of a Fund’s portfolio by approximately the same amount of time that holding an equivalent amount of the underlying securities would.

Writing Covered Options. Each Fund may write covered put and call options on any securities or futures contracts in which it may invest, on any securities index based on or related to securities in which it may invest, or on any currency in which Fund investments may be denominated. A call option on an asset written by a Fund obligates the Fund to sell the specified asset to the holder (purchaser) at a stated price (the exercise price) if the option is exercised before a specified date (the expiration date). A put option on an asset written by a Fund obligates the Fund to buy the specified asset from the purchaser at the exercise price if the option is exercised before the expiration date.

 

14


The term “covered” means that a Fund will (a) in the case of a call option, own the asset subject to the option or have an unconditional right to purchase the same underlying asset at a price equal to or less than the exercise price of the “covered” option or, in the case of a put option, have an unconditional right to sell the same underlying asset at a price equal to or greater than the exercise price of the “covered” option, or (b) establish and maintain, for the term of the option, a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the option, or (c) purchase an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund’s net exposure on its written option position. A Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index.

Writing put or call options can enable a Fund to enhance income by reason of the premiums paid by the purchaser of such options. Through receipt of the option premium, a call writer mitigates the effects of a price decline. At the same time, because a call writer must be prepared to deliver the underlying asset in return for the exercise price, even if its current value is greater, a call writer gives up some ability to participate in the price increases in the underlying asset. Conversely, if the price of the underlying asset rises, a put writer would generally expect to profit, although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received for writing the put because it did not own the underlying asset and therefore would not benefit from the appreciation in price. If the price of the underlying asset falls, the put writer would expect to suffer a loss, which loss could be substantial, because a put writer must be prepared to pay the exercise price for the option’s underlying asset if the other party to the option chooses to exercise it. However, the loss should be less than the loss experienced if a Fund had purchased the underlying asset directly because the premium received for writing the option will mitigate the effects of the decline.

A Fund may enter into closing transactions with respect to options by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written (for exchange-listed options) or by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option (for over-the-counter, or “OTC” options). A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed options depends on the existence of a liquid market; however, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time or that a Fund will be able to effect such closing transactions at a favorable price. In addition, although a Fund will enter into OTC options only with counterparties that are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there is no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration or that the Fund will be able to effect such closing transactions at a favorable price.

Purchasing Options. Each Fund may purchase put and call options on any securities or futures contracts in which it may invest, on any securities index based on or related to securities in which it may invest or on any currency in which Fund investments may be denominated. A Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase, or put options in anticipation of a decrease, in the market value of securities or currencies of the type in which it may invest. A Fund may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options by writing an option identical to the

 

15


one it has purchased (for exchange-listed options) or by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option (for OTC options). A Fund may also exercise such options or allow them to expire.

A Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of the underlying assets. As the holder of a call option, a Fund has the right to purchase the underlying asset at the exercise price at any time during the option period. A call buyer typically attempts to participate in potential price increases of the underlying asset with risk limited to the cost of the option, including the premium paid and transaction costs, if such asset prices fall. At the same time, the buyer can expect to suffer a loss if such asset prices do not rise sufficiently to offset the cost of the option.

A Fund would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decrease in the market value of the underlying assets. As the holder of a put option, a Fund has the right to sell the underlying asset at any time during the option period. A Fund may also purchase put options on a security or currency related to its investments as a defensive technique in order to protect against an anticipated decline in the value of the underlying asset. Such hedge protection is provided only during the life of the put option when a Fund, as holder of the put option, is able to sell the underlying asset at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying asset’s market price. The premium paid for the put option and any transaction costs would reduce any gain otherwise available for distribution when the asset is eventually sold.

Futures Contracts. Each Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts, including, but not limited to, interest rate, index or foreign currency futures contracts that are traded on a recognized U.S. exchange, board of trade or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system. The Funds may engage in transactions in futures contracts for “short” hedging or “long” strategies as described below.

When a Fund purchases a futures contract, it agrees to purchase a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. When a Fund sells a futures contract, it agrees to sell the underlying instrument at a specified future date. The price at which the purchase and sale will take place is fixed when a Fund enters into the contract. While a Fund may make or take delivery of the underlying instrument whenever it appears economically advantageous to do so, positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or loss as discussed below.

A Fund may take a “short” position in the futures market by selling futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices or foreign currency rates that would adversely affect the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. As part of its hedging strategy, a Fund may sell futures contracts on (i) securities held by the Fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of the Fund’s portfolio securities, (ii) currencies in which its portfolio securities are quoted or denominated or on one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if there is an established historical pattern of correlation between the two currencies, or (iii) other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, if, in the opinion of Heartland Advisors, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for the Fund’s portfolio securities and such

 

16


futures contracts. A successful short hedging position would result in any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities being substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. Conversely, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

A Fund may also take a “long” position in the futures market by purchasing futures contracts. This strategy would be employed, for example, when interest rates are falling or securities prices are rising and a Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices or currency exchange rates then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices that are currently available. A Fund may also purchase futures contracts to alter the investment characteristics of or currency exposure associated with portfolio securities, as a substitute for transactions in securities or foreign currencies, or to gain or increase exposure to a particular securities market or currency.

The purchaser of a futures contract is not required to pay for and the seller of a futures contract is not required to deliver the underlying instrument unless the contract is held until the delivery date. However, upon entering into a futures contract, and to maintain an open position in futures contracts, a Fund would be required to deposit “initial margin” in a segregated account in the name of the executing futures commission merchant when the contract is entered into. The initial margin required for a particular futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be significantly modified from time to time by the exchange during the term of the contract. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on initial margins that may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded. There may be certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, that cause an exchange to increase the level of a Fund’s initial margin payment. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures contracts does not represent a borrowing to a Fund, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the transaction assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied.

Each day that a Fund has an open position in a futures contract or an option on a futures contract it will pay or receive cash, called “variation margin,” to or from the futures broker equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as “marking to market.” Variation margin paid or received by a Fund does not represent a borrowing or a loan, but rather represents settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract had expired at the close of the previous day. When a Fund purchases an option on a future, all that is at risk is the premium paid plus transaction costs. Alternatively, when a Fund purchases or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. A Fund may be required to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous in the event the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements. In computing daily net asset value, each Fund will mark to market the current value of any open futures contracts. The Funds expect to earn interest income on their margin deposits.

 

17


Futures contracts can be held until their delivery dates, or can be closed out before then if a liquid secondary market is available; however, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time or that a Fund will be able to effect such closing transactions at a favorable price. Closing out an open futures contract purchase or sale is effected by entering into an offsetting futures contract sale or purchase, respectively, for the same aggregate amount of the identical securities and the same delivery date. If a Fund closes out an open futures contract by entering into an offsetting futures contract, and the offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is more, the Fund realizes a loss. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is less, the Fund realizes a loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that a Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures contract at a particular time. If a Fund is not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the futures contract.

The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of its underlying instrument. Therefore, purchasing futures contracts will tend to increase a Fund’s exposure to positive and negative price fluctuations in the underlying instrument, much as if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly. When a Fund sells a futures contract, by contrast, the value of its futures position will tend to move in a direction contrary to the market. Selling futures contracts, therefore, will tend to offset both positive and negative market price changes, much as if the underlying instrument had been sold. Movements in the prices of futures contracts or options on futures contracts may not correlate perfectly with movements in the prices of the underlying instruments due to certain characteristics of the futures markets. In particular, daily variation margin calls may cause certain participants in futures markets to liquidate futures or options on futures contracts positions to avoid being subject to further calls. These liquidations could distort the normal price relationship between the futures or options and the underlying instruments by increasing price volatility. Temporary price distortion may also be caused by increased participation by speculators in the futures markets as a result of initial margin deposit requirements being less onerous than in the securities markets.

Limitations on Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. The Funds will engage in transactions in futures contracts and options thereon either for bona fide hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return, in each case in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. A Fund may hold positions in futures contracts and related options that do not qualify as bona fide hedging positions if, as a result, the sum of initial margin deposits and premiums paid to establish such positions, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on such contracts, does not exceed 5% of the Fund’s net assets; provided, however, that in the case of an option which is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation.

 

18


Combined Positions. Each Fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, a Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one exercise price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risks of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined positions involve multiple trades, they may result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Risks in Options and Futures Transactions. Options and futures can be highly volatile investments and involve certain risks. A decision about whether, when and how to use options and futures involves skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of unexpected market behavior, or market or interest rate trends. Successful options and futures strategies require the ability to predict future movements in securities prices, interest rates and other economic factors. There are significant differences between the securities markets, the currency markets and the options and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. Options and futures prices are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect prices of the underlying instruments the same way. Imperfect correlation may also result from different levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the markets for the underlying instruments, from structural differences in how options and futures and securities are traded or from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts or suspensions by an exchange. If price changes in a Fund’s options or futures positions are poorly correlated with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded options and futures contracts, it is likely that the standardized contracts available will not match a Fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. A Fund may invest in options and futures contracts based on securities with different issuers, maturities or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves a risk that the options or futures positions will not track the performance of the Fund’s other investments. For example, even the use of an option or a futures contract on a securities index may result in an imperfect correlation since the index generally will be composed of a much broader range of securities than the securities in which a Fund likely is to be invested. To the extent that a Fund’s options or futures positions do not match its current or anticipated investments, there is an increased risk that the options or futures positions will not track performance of the Fund’s other investments. Moreover, a Fund may purchase or sell options and futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases.

 

19


Because of the low margin deposits required, futures trading involves a high degree of leverage. A relatively small price movement in futures contracts could result in an immediate and substantial gain or loss to a Fund. Therefore, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract by a Fund.

There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular options or futures contracts at any particular time. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached or a trading halt or suspension is imposed, it may be impossible for a Fund to enter into new positions, close out existing positions or dispose of assets held in a segregated account. These events may also make an option or futures contract difficult to price. If the secondary market for a futures contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or otherwise, it could prevent prompt liquidation of unfavorable positions and potentially require a Fund to continue to hold the position until delivery or expiration regardless of changes in its value. As a result, a Fund’s access to other assets held to cover its options or futures positions could also be impaired. Similarly, if a Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities or currencies.

Federal Tax Treatment of Options and Futures Contracts. The Funds may enter into certain options and futures contracts which may or may not be treated as Section 1256 contracts or straddles under the Internal Revenue Code. Transactions which are considered Section 1256 contracts will be considered to have been closed at the end of a Fund’s fiscal year and any gains or losses will be recognized for tax purposes at that time. Generally, such gains or losses and gains or losses from the normal closing or settlement of such transactions will be characterized as 60% long-term and 40% short-term regardless of the holding period of the instrument. A Fund will be required to recognize net gains or losses on such transactions when determining the Fund’s distribution requirements even though it may not have closed the transaction and received cash to pay such distribution.

An options or futures contract may be considered a position in a straddle for tax purposes, in which case a loss on any position in the straddle may be subject to deferral to the extent of unrealized gain in an offsetting position.

In order for a Fund to continue to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a regulated investment company, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year must be derived from qualifying income (that is, dividends, interest, income derived from loans of securities and gains from the sale of securities or currencies). Options, futures and forward foreign exchange contracts entered into for an investment purpose are qualifying income. See “Portfolio Management Strategies - Foreign Currency Transactions” for a discussion of forward foreign exchange contracts.

 

20


The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (the “Act”) imposed constructive sale treatment for federal income tax purposes on certain hedging strategies with respect to appreciated securities. Under these rules, taxpayers will recognize gain, but not loss, with respect to securities if they enter into short sales of “offsetting notional principal contracts” (as defined by the Act) or futures or “forward contracts” (as defined by the Act) with respect to the same or substantially identical property, or if they enter into such transactions and then acquire the same or substantially identical property. These changes generally apply to constructive sales after June 8, 1997. Furthermore, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to promulgate regulations that will treat as constructive sales certain transactions that have substantially the same effect as short sales, offsetting notional principal contracts, and futures or forward contracts to deliver the same or substantially similar property.

Hybrid Instruments. Each Fund may invest in hybrid instruments, a type of potentially high-risk derivative which combines the characteristics of futures contracts or options with those of debt, preferred equity, or a depository instrument. Generally, a hybrid instrument will be a debt security or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption, or retirement, is determined by reference to prices, securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles, or commodities, or by another objective index, economic factor, or other measure, such as interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity indexes and securities indexes. Thus, hybrid instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to, debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a currency, or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency or convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity.

Since hybrid instruments reflect a combination of the characteristics of futures or options with those of securities, hybrid instruments may entail significant risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional debt instrument that has a fixed principal amount, is denominated in U.S. dollars or bears interest either at a fixed rate or a floating rate determined by reference to a common, nationally published benchmark. Although the risks of a particular hybrid instrument will depend upon the terms of the instrument, such risks may include, without limitation, the possibility of significant changes in the benchmarks or underlying assets to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors that are unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer (although credit risk of the issuer is a consideration) of the hybrid instrument and that may not be readily foreseen by the purchaser, such as economic and political events, the supply and demand for the underlying assets and interest rate movements. The benchmarks and underlying assets to which hybrid instruments are linked may also result in greater volatility and market risk, including leverage risk which may occur when the hybrid instrument is structured so that a given change in a benchmark or underlying asset is multiplied to produce greater change in the value of the hybrid instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss as well as the potential for gain. In addition, hybrid instruments may also carry liquidity risk since the instruments are often “customized” to meet the needs of the particular investor. See the section of

 

21


this SAI titled “Types of Securities - Derivative Instruments - Risks in Options and Futures Transactions” above.

Swap Agreements. Each Fund may enter into swap agreements and may purchase or sell related caps, floors and collars. It would enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a desired return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of, or the currency exchange rate applicable to, securities it anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Funds intend to use these techniques for hedging purposes and not for speculation.

Swap agreements are generally individually negotiated agreements, primarily entered into by institutional investors, in which the parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount” (that is, the return on, or increase in, value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate) in a particular foreign currency or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. A Fund’s successful use of these instruments will depend, in part, on Heartland Advisors’ ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments.

Depending on its structure, a swap agreement may increase or decrease the exposure to changes in the value of an index of securities, the value of a particular security or group of securities or foreign currency values. Depending on how it is used, a swap agreement may increase or decrease the overall volatility of a Fund’s investments and its net asset value. The performance of a swap agreement is determined by the change in the specific currency, market index or security, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from a Fund. A Fund’s obligation under a swap agreement, which is generally equal to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement, will be accrued daily (offset against amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of the segregated account consisting of cash and/or other appropriate liquid assets having a value at least as great as the commitment underlying the obligations.

Swap agreements may include interest rate caps, which entitle the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate or amount; interest rate floors, which entitle the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such floor to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor, or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

If a swap agreement calls for payments by a Fund, it must be prepared to make such payments when due. If the counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, or in the event of a default of the counterparty, the value of the swap agreement would likely

 

22


decline, potentially resulting in a loss of the amount expected to receive under a swap agreement. A Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that Heartland Advisors reasonably believes are capable of performing under the swap agreements. The swap market is largely unregulated and swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid.

Foreign Investments

Each Fund may invest up to 25% of its assets directly in the securities of foreign issuers traded outside the United States. Each Fund may also invest without limitation in foreign securities through depository receipts, as discussed below; securities of foreign issuers that are traded on a registered U.S. stock exchange or the Nasdaq National Market; and foreign securities guaranteed by a United States person.

While investment in foreign securities is intended to reduce risk by providing further diversification, such investments involve certain risks in addition to the credit and market risks normally associated with domestic securities. The value of securities, and dividends and interest earned from such securities, can change significantly when foreign currencies strengthen or weaken relative to the U.S. dollar. Foreign securities markets may have lower trading volume and less liquidity than U.S. markets, and prices on some foreign markets can be highly volatile. Many foreign countries lack uniform accounting, auditing and disclosure standards comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies, and it may be more difficult to obtain reliable information regarding a foreign issuer’s financial condition and operations. In addition, the costs of investing overseas, including non-U.S. withholding taxes, brokerage commissions, and custodial costs, are generally higher than for U.S. investments. Such markets may have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to settle certain transactions. Inability to sell a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in a loss to a Fund if the value of the portfolio security subsequently declined, or, if the Fund had entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible claims against the Fund.

Foreign markets may offer less protection to investors than U.S. markets. Foreign issuers, brokers and securities markets may be subject to less government regulation than their U.S. counterparts. Foreign security trading practices, including those involving the release of assets in advance of payment, may involve increased risks in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a broker-dealer, and may involve substantial delays. It also may be difficult to enforce legal rights in foreign countries.

Investing abroad also involves different political and economic risks. Foreign investments may be affected by actions of foreign governments adverse to the interests of U.S. investors, including, but not limited to, the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation, or restrictions on U.S. investment or on the ability to repatriate assets or convert currency into U.S. dollars. There may be a greater possibility of default by foreign governments or foreign government-sponsored enterprises. Investments in foreign countries also involve a risk of local political, economic or social instability, military action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic

 

23


developments. There is no assurance that Heartland Advisors will be able to anticipate these political events or counter their effects.

The considerations noted above generally are intensified for investments in developing countries. Developing countries may have relatively unstable governments, economies based on only a few industries, and securities markets that trade a small number of securities. Equity securities of foreign companies with smaller market capitalizations may involve a higher degree of risk than investments in the general foreign equity markets and such securities may be subject to even greater price volatility and may have less market liquidity than equity securities of foreign issuers with larger market capitalizations.

The Funds may invest in foreign securities that impose restrictions on transfer within the U.S. or to U.S. persons. Although securities subject to transfer restrictions may be marketable where the issuer is domiciled, they may be less liquid than foreign securities of the same class that are not subject to such restrictions.

American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”) are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign-based issuer held by a U.S. bank or similar financial institution as depository. Designed for use in U.S. securities markets, ADRs are alternatives to the direct purchase of the underlying securities in their national markets and currencies. The limitations on the Funds’ investments in foreign securities do not apply to investments in ADRs or to securities of foreign issuers that are traded on a registered U.S. stock exchange or the NASDAQ National Market. However, ADR holders may not have all of the legal rights of shareholders.

A Depository Receipt may be sponsored or unsponsored. If a Fund is invested in an unsponsored Depository Receipt, the Fund is likely to bear its proportionate share of the expenses of the depository, and it may have greater difficulty in receiving shareholder communications than it would have with a sponsored ADR.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

Each Fund may invest in stocks of foreign companies that are classified under the Code as passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), if that stock is a permissible investment. In general, a foreign company is classified as a PFIC if it meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive; or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Unless a Fund makes a “QEF election” or a “mark to market” election as described below, the Fund generally will be subject to an interest charge in addition to federal income tax (at ordinary income rates) on (i) any “excess distribution” received on the stock of a PFIC, or (ii) any gain from disposition of PFIC stock that was acquired in an earlier taxable year. This interest charge and ordinary income tax treatment will apply even if the Fund distributes such income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. Any portion of a PFIC distribution that is not an “excess distribution,” will be included in the Funds’ investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to the Funds to the extent they distribute that income to their shareholders.

 

24


A Fund may avoid the imposition of the interest charge and other adverse tax consequences of PFIC status described above if the Fund makes an election to treat the particular PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF”), and if this election is made for the first taxable year in which the Fund owns stock of such PFIC. If a Fund invests in a PFIC and makes such a QEF election, the interest charge and other adverse tax consequences of PFIC status described above will not apply with respect to such PFIC. Instead, the Fund will be required to include in the Fund’s income each year the Fund’s pro rata share of the QEF’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain (which such Fund may have to distribute to satisfy the distribution requirement under Subchapter M (“Distribution Requirement”), even if the QEF does not distribute those earnings and gain to the Fund). In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain of its requirements.

A Fund may also avoid the imposition of the interest charge and other adverse tax consequences of PFIC status described above if the Fund makes a “mark to market” election with respect to the stock of a particular PFIC, and if this election is made for the first taxable year in which the Fund owns stock of such PFIC. “Marking-to-market,” in this context, means including in the Fund’s ordinary income each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a PFIC’s stock over such Fund’s adjusted basis therein as of the end of that year. Pursuant to the election, a Fund also would be allowed to deduct (as an ordinary, not capital, loss) the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in PFIC stock over the fair value thereof as of the taxable year-end, but only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains with respect to that stock included by the Fund for prior taxable years under the election. A Fund’s adjusted basis in each PFIC’s stock with respect to which it has made this election will be adjusted to reflect the amounts of income included and deductions taken thereunder. The QEF election and the mark-to-market election may accelerate the recognition of income by a Fund (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by a Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require a Fund to liquidate other investments to meet its Distribution Requirement (including when it may not be advantageous for a Fund to liquidate such investments), which may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect a Fund’s total return.

Illiquid Securities

Each Fund may invest in illiquid securities. However, no Fund may acquire illiquid securities if, as a result, more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in such securities. For purposes of applying this limitation, an “illiquid security” means one that may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at a price approximating the value at which the security is carried by a Fund.

Under guidelines established by, and the oversight of, Heartland’s Board of Directors, Heartland Advisors determines which securities are illiquid for purposes of this limitation. Certain securities exempt from registration or issued in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), such as securities that may be resold to institutional investors under Rule 144A under the Securities Act, may be considered by Heartland Advisors to be liquid under guidelines adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has

 

25


determined that private placement notes issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act generally are readily marketable even though they are subject to certain legal restrictions on resale. These securities, as well as Rule 144A securities, deemed to be liquid pursuant to the guidelines adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors, are not treated as being subject to the limitation on illiquid securities.

Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, or in a registered public offering. Where registration is required, a Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expense and a considerable period may elapse between the time it decides to seek registration and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, a Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to seek registration of the security.

Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are deemed to be illiquid.

To the extent it invests in illiquid or restricted securities, a Fund may encounter difficulty in determining a market value for such securities. Disposing of illiquid or restricted securities may involve time-consuming negotiations and legal expense, and it may be difficult or impossible for a Fund to sell such an investment promptly and at an acceptable price. In addition, if a Fund holds a material percentage of its assets in illiquid or restricted securities, it may experience difficulty meeting its redemption obligations.

Indexed Securities

Each Fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indexes, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. For example, certain debt securities in which a Fund may invest may include securities whose interest rates are determined by reference to one or more specific financial indicators, such as LIBOR, resulting in a security whose interest payments tend to rise and fall together with the financial indicator. Indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified underlying instrument’s value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to the underlying instrument, or their maturity value may decline when the underlying instrument increases, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying instrument.

The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the U.S. and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations, and certain U.S. government agencies.

 

26


The market for indexed securities may be thinner and less active than the market for securities in general, which can adversely affect the prices at which indexed securities are sold. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing certain indexed securities than is the case for securities for which more external sources for quotations and last-sale information are available. Adverse publicity and changing investor perceptions may affect the ability to value accurately indexed securities and a Fund’s ability to dispose of these securities.

Investment Companies

Each Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies, including unit investment trust or closed-end management companies, as permitted under the 1940 Act. At present, the 1940 Act provisions limit a Fund so that (a) no more than 10% of its total assets may be invested in securities of other investment companies, (b) it may not own securities of any one investment company having a value in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets, and (c) it may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses of the Fund.

Loan Interests

Each Fund may invest in loan interests, which are interests in amounts owed by a municipality or other borrower to lenders or lending syndicates. Loan interests purchased by a Fund will vary in maturity, may be subject to restrictions on resale, are not readily marketable and may be secured or unsecured. They involve the risk of loss in case of default or bankruptcy of the borrower or, if in the form of a participation interest, the insolvency of the financial intermediary. If a Fund acquires a loan interest under which the Fund derives its rights directly from the borrower, such loan interests are separately enforceable by the Fund against the borrower and all payments of interest and principal are typically made directly to the Fund from the borrower. In the event that a Fund and other lenders become entitled to take possession of shared collateral being held in connection with a loan interest as a result of default or insolvency, it is anticipated that such collateral would be held in the custody of an institution for their mutual benefit.

Typically, the U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company, or other financial institution that originates, negotiates and structures the loan interest (the “Agent”) administers the terms of the loan agreement. As a result, a Fund will generally rely on the Agent to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the loan. A Fund may also rely on the Agent and the other members of the lending syndicate to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower, if necessary. However, a Fund may be required to perform certain tasks on its own behalf in the event the Agent does not perform certain administrative or enforcement functions.

 

27


A Fund may incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan interest, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest, in the event the Agent becomes insolvent or enters into receivership or bankruptcy proceedings. Indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. In addition, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Each Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) which may own real estate properties (“equity REITs”) or may make or purchase mortgages on real estate (“mortgage REITs”).

REITs are subject to volatility from risks associated with investments in real estate and investments dependent on income from real estate, such as fluctuating demand for real estate and sensitivity to adverse economic conditions. Equity REITs may be adversely affected by rising interest rates, which may increase the costs of obtaining financing for real estate projects or cause investors to demand a high annual yield from future distributions. Mortgage REITs may experience diminished yields during periods of declining interest rates if they hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay during such periods. In addition, the failure of a REIT in which a Fund has invested to continue to qualify as a REIT for tax purposes would have an adverse impact on the value of the Fund’s investment.

Some REITs have relatively small market capitalizations, which could increase their market volatility. REITs tend to depend upon specialized management skills and may have limited diversification causing them to be subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of properties.

Rights and Warrants

Each Fund may purchase rights and warrants, which are securities giving the holder the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the underlying securities at a predetermined price during a specified period or perpetually. Rights and warrants are considered more speculative than certain other types of investments because they generally have no voting rights, pay no dividends, and have no rights with respect to the assets of the corporation issuing them. In addition, the prices or rights and warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are not exercised on or prior to their expiration dates.

When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities; Forward Commitments

Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, and may purchase forward commitments. Payment and interest terms of these securities are set out at the time a Fund enters into the commitment to purchase, but normally the securities are not issued, and delivery and payment for such obligations normally does not take place, for a month or more after the purchase date. In a forward commitment transaction, a Fund contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a

 

28


future date beyond customary settlement time. Obligations purchased on a when-issued or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security purchased declines prior to the settlement date, and may increase fluctuation in a Fund’s net asset value.

On the date a Fund enters into an agreement to purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the obligation in determining its net asset value. In addition, a Fund will establish and maintain, for the term of the position, a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the position.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

The following information supplements the discussion of the Funds’ investment objectives and policies in their respective prospectuses.

Borrowing

The extent to which a Fund will borrow will depend, among other things, on market conditions and interest rates. Each Fund may borrow from any bank or other person up to 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid by the Fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. Each Fund may also borrow from banks up to one-third of its total assets for other purposes such as facilitating the management of its investment portfolio and making other investments or engaging in other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may be considered a borrowing (such as dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements).

Foreign Currency Transactions

To manage the currency risk accompanying investments in foreign securities and to facilitate the purchase and sale of foreign securities, the Funds may engage in foreign currency transactions on a spot, or cash, basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or through forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“forward contracts”). Forward contracts are contractual obligations to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date (or within a specified time period) at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are usually entered into with banks and broker-dealers, are not exchange traded and are usually for less than one year, but may be renewed.

The Funds may use these instruments for hedging or any other lawful purpose consistent with their respective investment objectives.

When a Fund enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency, it may desire to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transaction, a Fund will be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse

 

29


change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received.

In addition, when Heartland Advisors believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against another currency, including the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward contract to sell or buy the amount of the former foreign currency, approximating the value of some or all of a Fund’s portfolio securities denominated in such foreign currency. Alternatively, where appropriate, a Fund may hedge all or part of its foreign currency exposure through the use of a basket of currencies or a proxy currency where such currency or currencies act as an effective proxy for other currencies. In such a case, a Fund may enter into a forward contract where the amount of the foreign currency to be sold exceeds the value of the securities denominated in such currency. The use of this basket hedging technique may be more efficient and economical than entering into separate forward contracts for each currency it holds.

The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market movement is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Under normal circumstances, consideration of the prospect for currency parities will be incorporated into the longer-term investment decisions made with regard to overall diversification strategies. However, Heartland Advisors believes that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into such forward contracts when it determines that the best interests of a Fund will be served.

Successful use of forward currency contracts will depend on Heartland Advisors’ skill in analyzing and predicting currency values. Forward contracts may substantially change a Fund’s investment exposure to changes in currency exchange rates, and could result in losses to the Fund if currencies do not perform as Heartland Advisors anticipates. For example, if a currency’s value rose at a time when Heartland Advisors had hedged a Fund by selling that currency in exchange for U.S. dollars, the Fund would be unable to participate in the currency’s appreciation. There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of an instrument and price movements of investments being hedged. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which these instruments are traded. In addition, a Fund’s use of currency-related derivative instruments is always subject to the risk that the currency in question could be devalued by the foreign government. In such a case, any long currency positions would decline in value and could adversely affect any hedging position maintained by a Fund. There is no assurance that Heartland Advisors’ use of forward currency contracts will be advantageous to a Fund or that it will hedge at an appropriate time.

 

30


Forward foreign exchange contracts may or may not be treated as Section 1256 contracts or straddles under the Internal Revenue Code. See “Types of Securities - Derivative Instruments - Federal Tax Treatment of Options and Futures Contracts.”

Change or Influence Control over Portfolio Companies

As a shareholder of a portfolio company, each Fund reserves the right to freely communicate its views on matters of policy to the company’s management, board of directors and other shareholders when a policy may affect the value of the Fund’s investment. In exercising this right, each of the Funds may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company’s management. For example, a Fund might take steps, either individually or as part of a group, (a) to actively support, oppose or influence a company’s decision-making, (b) to seek changes in a company’s management or board of directors, (c) to effect the sale of all or some of a company’s assets or (d) to vote to participate in or oppose a takeover of a portfolio company or an acquisition by a portfolio company. A Fund would engage in such activities in an effort to protect and maximize the value of its investment on behalf of the Fund’s shareholders. The extent to which a Fund might invest for purposes of changing or influencing control of management would depend, among other things, on facts and circumstances specific to the issuer as well as general market conditions.

It is expected that a Fund would make investments for purposes of changing or influencing control only on a selective basis when Heartland Advisors believes it would be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

Lending Portfolio Securities

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities to institutional investors or broker-dealers up to a maximum of one-third of its total assets, where such loans are callable at any time and are continuously secured by collateral consisting of cash or liquid assets at least equal to the value of the security lent. The collateral received by a Fund will be invested in short-term debt instruments. A Fund receives amounts equal to earned income for having made the loans. A Fund is the beneficial owner of the loaned securities in that any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period inures to the Fund. Thus, when the loan is terminated, the value of the securities may be more or less than their value at the beginning of the loan. In determining whether to lend its portfolio securities, a Fund takes into account the creditworthiness of the borrower since the Fund could experience costs and delays in recovering loaned securities or exercising its rights to the collateral in the event of bankruptcy of the borrower. A Fund may pay a fee to placing brokers in connection with loans of its portfolio securities.

Repurchase Agreements

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with certain banks or nonbank dealers. In a repurchase agreement, a Fund buys a security at one price, and at the time of sale the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation at a mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days). The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the purchaser’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation

 

31


to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security. Repurchase agreements which mature in more than seven days will be treated as illiquid securities under the guidelines adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors and will be subject to each Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. See “Types of Securities - Illiquid Securities” above.

Heartland Advisors will monitor, on an ongoing basis, the value of the underlying securities to ensure that the value equals or exceeds the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Since the underlying securities are not owned by a Fund but only constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to repay the purchase price, repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund’s ability to dispose of and costs in connection with the disposal of the underlying securities. Although no definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, Heartland Advisors reviews the creditworthiness of the banks and nonbank dealers with which the Funds enter into repurchase agreements to evaluate those risks. A Fund may, under certain circumstances, deem repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities to be investments in U.S. government securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

Each Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with banks and broker-dealers, under which the Fund sells a portfolio security to such party in return for cash and agrees to repurchase the instrument at a particular price and time. A Fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. While a reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding, a Fund will establish and maintain a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the agreement.

Each Fund may also enter into dollar rolls, in which the Fund would sell securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While a Fund would forego principal and interest paid on the securities during the roll period, the Fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. A Fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time of entering into a dollar roll, a Fund will establish and maintain a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation to buy the securities.

To the extent the value of the security that a Fund agrees to purchase pursuant to a reverse repurchase agreement or a dollar roll declines, the Fund may experience a loss. Reverse repurchase transactions and dollar rolls may increase fluctuations in the market value of a Fund’s assets and may be viewed as a form of leverage. In determining whether to enter into a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll, a Fund will take into account the creditworthiness of the counterparty.

 

32


Short Sales

Each Fund may engage in short sales of securities under certain circumstances. Selling securities “short against the box” involves selling a security that a Fund owns (or has an unconditional right to purchase) for delivery at a specified date in the future to hedge protectively against anticipated declines in the market price of its portfolio’s securities. If the value of the securities sold short increases prior to the scheduled delivery date, the Fund loses the opportunity to participate in the gain. A Fund may also engage in short sales of securities of an issuer (“acquirer”) that has publicly announced a proposed or a pending transaction in which a portfolio security of the Fund will be converted into securities of the acquirer. A Fund will maintain a segregated collateral account with its custodian to cover open short positions in acquirer securities. If the value of an acquirer’s security sold short were to increase relative to the segregated collateral, the Fund would lose the opportunity to participate in the appreciation and may also be required to purchase additional shares of the shorted security to close out the position or settle the position in cash.

Standby Commitments

To facilitate portfolio liquidity, the Funds may obtain standby commitments from brokers, dealers or banks with respect to debt securities in their portfolios. A standby commitment gives the holder the right to sell the underlying security to the seller at an agreed-upon price, generally equal to the amortized cost of the underlying security plus accrued interest, on certain dates or within a specified period. Standby commitments generally increase the cost of the acquisition of the underlying security, thereby reducing its yield. Standby commitments are subject to the issuer’s ability to fulfill its obligation upon demand. Although no definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, Heartland Advisors evaluates those risks by reviewing the creditworthiness of the brokers, dealers and banks from which a Fund obtains standby commitments to evaluate those risks.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Each Fund has adopted the following investment restrictions. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any restriction that is expressed as a percentage is adhered to at the time of investment or other transaction; a later change in percentage resulting from changes in the value of a Fund’s assets will not be considered a violation of the restriction. Calculations based on total assets do not include cash collateral held in connection with portfolio lending activities.

Restrictions that are designated as fundamental policies cannot be changed without the majority approval of shareholders as defined in the 1940 Act. Non-fundamental restrictions may be changed by the Heartland Board of Directors without shareholder approval.

Under the 1940 Act, “majority approval of shareholders” means approval by the lesser of (1) the holders of 67% or more of a Fund’s shares represented at a meeting of shareholders at which the holders of at least 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy or (2) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares.

 

33


Fundamental Restrictions Common to the Funds

As a matter of fundamental policy, which may not be changed without shareholder approval, no Fund may:

1. Concentration. Invest more than 25% of total assets in securities of non-governmental issuers whose principal business activities are in the same industry; provided, however, that there shall be no limitation on the purchase of securities issued or guaranteed by national governments, 1 their agencies or instrumentalities.

2. Real Estate. Purchase or sell real estate, except the Fund may (i) acquire real estate as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, (ii) invest in securities or other instruments backed by real estate, and (iii) invest in securities of companies that are engaged in the real estate business and those that invest in real estate, including, but not limited to, real estate investment trusts.

3. Borrowing. Borrow money or property, except the Fund may (i) make investments or engage in other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may involve borrowing, provided that the combination of such activities shall not exceed 33  1 / 3 % of total assets (including the amount borrowed), less the Fund’s liabilities (other than borrowings), and (ii) borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets (not including the amount borrowed) from a bank for temporary purposes. Any borrowing which comes to exceed these limits shall be reduced in accordance with applicable law.

4. Loans. Make loans, except the Fund may (i) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities and purchase debt, (ii) purchase money market instruments and enter into repurchase agreements, and (iii) lend portfolio securities. No Fund may lend portfolio securities if, as a result thereof, the aggregate of all such loans would exceed 33  1 / 3 % of total assets taken at market value at the time of such loan.

5. Underwriting. Underwrite the securities of other persons, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.

6. Senior Securities. Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

7. Commodity Interests. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except the Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts, options on futures contracts and other derivative instruments, and it may invest in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities or in the securities of companies engaged in commodities businesses.


(1) For so long as it is the position of the staff of the SEC that foreign governments are industries for purposes of mutual fund policies concerning concentration, they shall not be included within the types of governmental issuers excluded from the Funds' concentration policies.

 

34


Other Fundamental Restrictions

In addition to the fundamental restrictions common to all the Funds, the Funds have fundamental policies on diversification, pledging of assets, short sales and affiliate transactions, as described below.

Diversification. The Select Value Fund (a) may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of the fair market value of its assets in securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; and (b) may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer.

The Value Plus Fund (a) may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of the fair market value of its assets in securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, and (b) may not invest more than 10% of the fair market value of its total assets in securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. The Value Plus Fund also may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer.

The Value Fund may not invest more than 5% of the fair market value of its assets in securities of any one issuer, except for U.S. Government agency securities and securities backed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, which may be purchased without limitation. For the purposes of this limitation, the Fund will regard the entity which has the ultimate responsibility for payment of principal and interest as the issuer. The Value Fund may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer.

Pledging of Assets. The Select Value Fund may not mortgage, hypothecate or pledge any of its assets as security for any of its obligations, except as required for otherwise permissible borrowings (including reverse repurchase agreements), short sales, futures, options and other hedging activities. The Select Value Fund also will not pledge more than 15% of its net assets to secure its permitted borrowings.

Each of the Value Plus and Value Funds may not pledge more than 15% of its net assets to secure its permitted borrowings.

Short Sales. The Value Fund may sell securities short when it either: (a) holds a long position in the same security which equals or exceeds the number of shares sold short, or (b) holds a long position in a security with respect to which there has been a public announcement of a proposed transaction that would result in the conversion of the securities so held into an equal or greater number of shares of the securities sold short; provided that the Fund may not effect any such short sale of securities if, as a result thereof, the aggregate value of all of its open short positions would exceed 5% of the Fund’s total assets, or if more than 10% of its net assets would be held as collateral for such short positions.

The other Funds do not have a fundamental restriction governing short sales.

 

35


Non-Fundamental Restrictions

Each Fund’s investment objective (set forth in its Prospectus) and the following non-fundamental restrictions are subject to change by Heartland’s Board of Directors without shareholder approval.

No Fund may:

1. Investment Companies. Purchase securities of other open-end or closed-end investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act. Subject to approval by the Heartland Board of Directors, the Fund may invest all (or substantially all) of its assets in the securities of a single open-end investment company (or series thereof) with the same investment objective and substantially the same investment policies and restrictions as the Fund in connection with a “master/feeder” arrangement. The Fund and one or more other mutual funds or other eligible investors with identical investment objectives (“Feeders”) would invest all (or a portion) of their respective assets in the shares of another investment company (the “Master”) that had the same investment objective and substantially the same investment policies and restrictions as the Feeders. The Fund would invest in this manner in an effort to achieve economies of scale associated with having the Master make investments in portfolio companies on behalf of the Feeders.

2. Illiquid Securities. Purchase a security if, as a result, more than 15% of net assets would be invested in illiquid securities.

3. Margin Purchases. Purchase securities on margin, except that a Fund may (i) obtain short-term credit necessary for the clearance and settlement of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, and (ii) make margin deposits as required in connection with permissible options, futures, options on futures, short selling and other arbitrage activities.

4. Short Sales. Sell securities short, unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short, or unless it covers such short sale as required by the current rules and positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or its staff, and provided that transactions in options, futures, options on futures, or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

5. Concentration. For purposes of a Fund’s fundamental restriction on concentration, industries shall be determined by reference to the classifications specified in the Fund’s annual and semiannual reports. For so long as it is the position of the staff of the SEC that foreign governments are industries for purposes of such restriction, investments in foreign governments shall be so limited.

6. Futures Contracts. Purchase a futures contract or an option on a futures contract if, with respect to positions in futures and futures options which do not represent bona fide hedging transactions, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions, less the amount by which such positions are in the

 

36


money within the meaning of the Commodity Exchange Act, would exceed 5% of the Fund’s net assets.

7. Real Estate Investment Trusts. Invest more than 10% of its total assets in real estate investment trusts.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

Portfolio turnover for each Fund is the ratio of the lesser of annual purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the Fund to the average monthly value of portfolio securities owned by the Fund, not including securities maturing in less than 12 months. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if the lesser of the value of purchases or sales of a Fund’s portfolio securities for a particular year were equal to the average monthly value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the year. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the portfolio turnover rates for the Funds were as follows:

 

     2004     2005  

Select Value Fund

   72 %   42 %

Value Plus Fund

   57 %   36 %

Value Fund

   32 %   36 %

 

37


MANAGEMENT

Under applicable law, the Board of Directors is responsible for management of Heartland and provides broad supervision over its affairs. Pursuant to Heartland’s Bylaws, the Board delegates day-to-day management of the Funds to the officers of Heartland. The Board meets regularly to review the Funds’ investments, performance and expenses. The Board elects the officers of Heartland, and hires the Funds’ service providers, including the Funds’ investment advisor, Heartland Advisors, Inc., and distributor of the Funds’ shares, Heartland Investor Services, LLC. The Board annually reviews and considers approval of the continuation of the investment advisory agreement with Heartland Advisors and each Fund’s distribution plan and related distribution agreements. The Board also establishes, monitors and periodically reviews numerous policies and procedures governing the conduct of Heartland’s business. The policy of Heartland is that 75% of Board members must not be “interested persons” (within the meaning of the 1940 Act) of Heartland Advisors, Heartland Investor Services and the Funds’ transfer agent, and that the Chairman of the Board must not be an interested person. The following table presents information about each Director and Officer of Heartland:

 

Name, Address

and Date of Birth

  

Position(s) Held
With Heartland

  

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served (1)

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past
Five Years

  

Number of
Heartland
Funds
Overseen
by Director

  

Other
Directorships (2)
Held by
Director

Independent Directors:

Robert A. Rudell

789 North Water Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 09/48

  

Chairman of the Board

 

Director

  

Since 1/06

 

 

Since 2/05

   Retired; Chief Operating Officer, Zurich Scudder Investments, 1998 to 2002.    3    Director, Medtox Scientific, Inc., April 2002 to present; Director, Optimum Funds, May 2003 to present.

Dale J. Kent

789 North Water Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 11/52

   Director    Since 8/03    Chief Financial Officer, West Bend Mutual Insurance Company, since July 2002; Partner, Arthur Andersen LLP, 1986 to 2002; employed by Arthur Andersen LLP, in other capacities, 1974 to 1985.    3    None

Michael D. Dunham

789 North Water Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 7/45

   Director    Since 1/04    President and Owner, Dunham Global Associates, Ltd., since 2001; Senior Vice President - Business Development, IFS AB, since January 2000; Co-Founder and CEO, Effective Management Systems, Inc., 1978 to 1999.    3    Merge Technologies, Inc. (a provider of radiological imaging and information integration solutions)
Interested Directors and Officers:               

William J. Nasgovitz (3)

789 North Water Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 10/44

   President and Director    Since 12/84    President and Chief Executive Officer, Heartland Advisors, Inc., since 1982.    3    None

Eric J. Miller

789 North Water Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 8/53

   Chief Executive Officer    Since 1/04    Senior Vice President, Heartland Advisors, Inc., since 1994; Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, American Appraisal Associates, 1986 to 1994; Financial Manager, Chilton Company, 1984 to 1986; Financial Analyst, FMC Corporation, 1980 to 1984.    N/A    N/A

Paul T. Beste

789 North Water Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 1/56

  

Vice President

 

Secretary

  

Since 9/97

 

Since 11/05

   Secretary and Treasurer, Heartland Value Manager, LLC, since August 2000; Chief Operating Officer, Heartland Advisors, Inc., since December 1999; employed by Heartland Advisors, Inc. in other capacities since 1997; Director of Taxes/ Compliance, Strong Capital Management, Inc., 1992 to 1997.    N/A    N/A

 

38


Name, Address and Date of
Birth

  

Position(s) Held
With Heartland

  

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served (1)

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past
Five Years

  

Number of
Heartland
Funds
Overseen
by Director

  

Other
Directorships (2)
Held by
Director

Nicole J. Best

789 North Water Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 9/73

   Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    Since 11/05    Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Heartland Advisors, Inc., since November 2005; Senior Vice President and Treasurer, Heartland Advisors, Inc., since February 2001; Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer, Heartland Group, Inc. June 2000 to November 2005. Employed by Heartland Advisors, Inc. in other capacities since 1998; employed by Arthur Andersen LLP, 1995 to 1998.    N/A    N/A

Christopher E. Sabato

3435 Stelzer Road

Columbus, OH 43219

Birthdate: 12/68

   Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer    Since 11/05    Vice President, BISYS Fund Services, Inc., since February 2006; employed by BISYS Fund Services, Inc. in other capacities since 1993.    N/A    N/A

(1) Officers of Heartland serve one-year terms, subject to annual reappointment by the Board of Directors. Directors of Heartland serve a term of indefinite length until their resignation or removal, and stand for re-election by shareholders only as and when required under the 1940 Act.

 

(2) Only includes directorships held in a company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any company registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

 

(3) William J. Nasgovitz is considered to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of Heartland Group, Inc. because of his position with Heartland Advisors, Inc.

The standing committees of Heartland’s Board of Directors include an audit committee and a nominating committee. Both committees consist of all the independent directors, namely Robert A. Rudell, Dale J. Kent and Michael D. Dunham. Mr. Kent serves as chairman of the audit committee and Mr. Dunham serves as chairman of the nominating committee. Mr. Kent has been determined by the Board to be an audit committee financial expert.

The audit committee is responsible for selecting the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds and oversees the preparation of each Fund’s financial statements. In this capacity, the audit committee meets at least annually with the independent registered public accounting firm to discuss any issues surrounding the preparation and audit of the Funds’ financial statements. The audit committee also discusses with the independent registered public accounting firm the strengths and weaknesses of the systems and operating procedures employed in connection with the preparation of each Fund’s financial statements, pricing procedures and the like, as well as the performance and cooperation of staff members responsible for these functions.

 

39


The audit committee has adopted a written charter. The audit committee had four meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

The nominating committee nominates candidates for appointment to the Board of Directors to fill vacancies and to nominate candidates for election and re-election to the Board as and when required. The nominating committee generally accepts recommendations for nominations by shareholders of the Funds. The nominating committee has adopted a written charter. The nominating committee had one meeting during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

Director Ownership of Fund Shares

The table below sets forth the dollar range of shares of the Funds owned by the directors of Heartland as of December 31, 2005.

 

Name of Director

  

Dollar Range of Equity
Securities
in each Heartland Fund

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in All Heartland Funds
Overseen by Director

William J. Nasgovitz

   Over $100,000 (Select Value)    Over $100,000
   Over $100,000 (Value Plus)   
   Over $100,000 (Value)   

Michael D. Dunham

   Over $100,000 (Select Value)    Over $100,000
   Over $100,000 (Value Plus)   
   Over $100,000 (Value)   

Dale J. Kent

   $10,001 - $50,000 (Select Value)    50,001 - $100,000
   $10,001 - $50,000 (Value Plus)   
   $10,001 - $50,000 (Value)   

Robert A. Rudell

   $10,001 - $50,000 (Select Value)    Over $100,000
   $10,001 - $50,000 (Value Plus)   
   $10,001 - $50,000 (Value)   

No director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or his or her immediate family members, owned beneficially or of record, as of December 31, 2005, any securities of Heartland Advisors, Heartland Investor Services or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investor Services.

 

40


Director Compensation

Heartland pays the compensation of the Directors who are not officers, directors or employees of Heartland Advisors. The following compensation was paid to the Directors who are not interested persons of Heartland Advisors for their services during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005:

 

Director

  

Aggregate
Compensation from
Each Heartland Fund (1)

   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits
   Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation from
Heartland Fund
Complex (1)

Dale J. Kent

   $1,643 (Select Value)    None    None    $ 28,000
   $4,406 (Value Plus)         
   $21,951 (Value)         

Michael D. Dunham

   $1,434 (Select Value)    None    None    $ 24,000
   $3,747 (Value Plus)         
   $18,819 (Value)         

Lawrence M. Woods (2)

   $1,434 (Select Value)    None    None    $ 24,000
   $3,747 (Value Plus)         
   $18,819 (Value)         

Robert A. Rudell

   $1,434 (Select Value)    None    None    $ 24,000
   $3,747 (Value Plus)         
   $18,819 (Value)         

(1) Heartland has a deferred compensation program for its Directors under which they may elect to defer all or a portion of their compensation and invest the deferral in “phantom” shares of any Heartland Fund. The table above includes all deferred compensation of Directors. As of December 31, 2005, there were no participants in the deferred compensation plan.

 

(2) Mr. Woods resigned as a director in January 2006.

Material Transactions with Independent Directors

Heartland Advisors leases space for its principal business offices at 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, from the building owner, Water Street Investments, LLC, at a monthly base rent of approximately $42,500. The owners of Water Street Investment, LLC are William J. Nasgovitz (a Heartland director and President of Heartland Advisors) who owns 85% and Kevin Clark (an officer of Heartland Advisors) who owns 15%.

Other than as disclosed above, no director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or an immediate family member of such director, has had, during the two most recently completed calendar years, a direct or indirect interest in Heartland Advisors, Heartland Investor Services or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investor Services, which exceeds $60,000. In addition, no director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or any immediate family members of such director, has had, during the two most recently completed calendar years, a direct or indirect material interest in any transaction or series of similar transactions in which the amount involved exceeds

 

41


$60,000 and to which one of the parties was Heartland; an officer of Heartland; an investment company (or an entity that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act); an officer of an investment company (or an entity that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act) having Heartland Advisors as its investment adviser or Heartland Investor Services as its principal underwriter or having an investment advisor or principal underwriter that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investor Services; Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investor Services; an officer of Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investment Services; or a person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investor Services, or an officer of any such “control” person. No director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or immediate family member, of such a director, has had, in the two most recently completed calendar years, a direct or indirect relationship, in which the amount involved exceeds $60,000, with any of the persons described above in this paragraph and which include payments for property or services to or from any of those persons; provision of legal services to any person specified above in this paragraph; provision of investment banking services to any person specified above in this paragraph, other than a participating underwriter in a syndicate; or any consulting or other relationship that is substantially similar in nature and scope to the relationships detailed herein.

Portfolio Managers

As described in the Prospectus, the portfolio managers of the Funds are as follows:

 

Select Value Fund    Hugh F. Denison
David C. Fondrie
Theodore D. Baszler
William R. Nasgovitz
Value Plus Fund    D. Rodney Hathaway
Bradford A. Evans
Eric J. Miller
Value Fund    William J. Nasgovitz
Eric J. Miller
Bradford A. Evans

Portfolio Managers’ Compensation Structure .

Each of the portfolio managers is a full time employee of Heartland Advisors. Heartland Advisors is responsible for paying all compensation, including various employee benefits, to the portfolio managers. On an annual basis, each portfolio manager receives a fixed salary based primarily on the manager’s relevant industry experience, which may be increased each calendar year. Each portfolio manager is

 

42


also eligible to participate in Heartland Advisors’ 401(k) plan that is offered to all Heartland Advisors’ full-time employees.

On an annual basis, a portfolio manager is also eligible to receive the following compensation:

(1) A performance-based incentive, which takes into consideration the one-year and three-year performance of a Fund managed by the portfolio manager that performs in the top 50% of its respective Lipper category. Because each Fund is team managed, Heartland Advisors calculates the total potential pool for this performance-based incentive and generally allocates a portion of this pool to each Fund’s management team member on a discretionary basis. This total pool is determined by multiplying a basis point factor by the current assets under management of each respective Fund, using a minimum asset base of $250 million, for a Fund’s one-year and three-year Lipper performance. The applicable base point factor generally ranges from 0.6 to 2.0 of assets under management depending on the percent quartile of the Fund’s performance in its respective Lipper category for the applicable period; and

(2) A discretionary incentive, which is based, among other factors, on the research of securities that are held or considered for purchase for the Funds, the manager’s contribution to a Fund’s day-to-day management, and the profitability of Heartland Advisors.

In addition, a portfolio manager who also manages separate advisory client accounts of Heartland Advisors is eligible to receive up to 10% of the annual advisory fees paid by such advisory clients to Heartland Advisors. Finally, certain portfolio managers also participate in a phantom stock ownership plan offered by Heartland Advisors’ parent company, Heartland Holdings, Inc., under which they are entitled to share in the growth of the value of the firm without actually having stock ownership.

Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Shares . The table below sets forth the dollar range of shares of the Funds owned, directly and indirectly, by each portfolio manager as of December 31, 2005.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in each Heartland Fund

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in all Heartland Funds

Theodore D. Baszler

  

$100,001 - $500,000 (Select Value)

$1 - $10,000 (Value Plus)

$10,001 - $50,000 (Value)

  

$100,001 to $500,000

Hugh F. Denison

  

$500,001 - $1,000,000 (Select Value)

$100,001 - $500,000 (Value Plus)

Over $1,000,000 (Value)

  

Over $1,000,000

Bradford A. Evans

  

None (Select Value)

None (Value Plus)

$100,001 - $500,000 (Value)

  

$100,001 - $500,000

David C. Fondrie

  

$100,001 - $500,000 (Select Value)

$50,001 - $100,000 (Value Plus)

$100,001 - $500,000 (Value)

  

$100,001 - $500,000

 

43


Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in each Heartland Fund

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all
Heartland Funds

D. Rodney Hathaway

  

None (Select Value)

$50,001 - $100,000 (Value Plus)

$100,001 - $500,000 (Value)

  

$100,001 - $500,000

Eric J. Miller

  

$50,001 - $100,000 (Select Value)

$100,001 - $500,000 (Value Plus)

$100,001 - $500,000 (Value)

  

$500,001 - $1,000,000

William J. Nasgovitz

  

Over $1,000,000 (Select Value)

Over $1,000,000 (Value Plus)

Over $1,000,000 (Value)

  

Over $1,000,000

William R. Nasgovitz

  

$1 - $50,000 (Select Value)

$1 - $50,000 (Value Plus)

$100,001 - $500,000 (Value)

  

$100,001 - $500,000

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers . The following table sets forth the number of other accounts managed by the portfolio managers (excluding the Funds) within each of the following categories and the total assets (in thousands) in such accounts, as of December 31, 2005. Except as noted below, none of the accounts managed by these portfolio managers is charged an advisory fee based on the performance of the account.

 

Name

  

Registered
Investment Companies

  

Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles

  

Other Accounts

Small Cap Separate Account Team, consisting of William J. Nasgovitz and Eric J. Miller    None    None    20 totaling $261,580,898
Multi-Cap/Balanced Separate Account Team, consisting of Theodore D. Baszler, Hugh F. Denison and David C. Fondrie    None    None    126 totaling $138,678,690
Combined Team of William J. Nasgovitz, Eric J. Miller and Theodore D. Baszler    None    None    1 totaling $12,054,204
Combined Team of Eric J. Miller and Theodore D. Baszler    None    None    5 totaling $7,051,939
Theodore D. Baszler    None    None    None
Bradford A. Evans    None    None    None
D. Rodney Hathaway    None    None    None
Eric J. Miller    None    None    41 totaling $49,895,372
William J. Nasgovitz    None    1 totaling $14,569,469    56 totaling $48,265,357
William R. Nasgovitz    None    None    None

 

44


Mr. Nasgovitz manages the investments of a portion of a private investment fund (with total assets of $27,229,770 as of December 31, 2005) that is charged a fee based on the performance of the fund.

Conflicts of Interest . Many, but not all, of the other accounts managed by the Funds’ portfolio managers have investment strategies similar to those employed for the Funds. Possible material conflicts of interest arising from the portfolio managers’ management of the investments of the Funds, on the one hand, and the investments of other accounts, on the other hand, include the portfolio managers’ allocation of sufficient time, energy and resources to managing the investments of the Funds in light of their responsibilities with respect to numerous other accounts, particularly accounts that have different strategies from those of the Funds; the fact that the fees payable to Heartland Advisors for managing the Funds may be less than the fees payable to Heartland Advisors for managing other accounts, potentially motivating the portfolio managers to spend more time on managing the other accounts; the proper allocation of investment opportunities that are appropriate for the Funds and other accounts; and the proper allocation of aggregated purchase and sale orders for the Funds and other accounts. Heartland Advisors has adopted comprehensive policies and procedures designed to mitigate these conflicts of interests.

Codes of Ethics

Heartland, Heartland Advisors and Heartland Investor Services, LLC each have adopted a personal trading code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, which are designed to prevent advisory personnel and other access persons from engaging in any fraudulent or unlawful personal trading activity, such as insider trading. The codes of ethics permit officers, directors and employees of their respective companies to invest in securities, including securities that may be held by the Funds, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the codes to avoid actual or potential conflicts of interest.

Heartland has also adopted a code of ethics for its principal executive, financial and accounting officers as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. This written code sets forth standards that are reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of conflicts of interest; full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents Heartland files with the SEC and in other shareholder communications; compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules or registrations; the prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to an appropriate person; and accountability for adherence to the code.

Proxy Voting Policies

Proxy voting policies adopted by Heartland are attached to this Statement of Additional Information as Appendix A . These proxy voting policies describe the procedures used by Heartland to determine how to vote proxies with respect to securities held by the Funds. Information regarding how Heartland actually voted proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds during the 12-month period ended June 30 is also available (1) without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-432- 7856,

 

45


and on Heartland’s website at www.heartlandfunds.com, and (2) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

The Heartland Board of Directors has adopted policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of information regarding portfolio holdings of the Funds (the “Disclosure Policy”). The Board of Directors reviews the Disclosure Policy at least annually and oversees implementation of the Disclosure Policy by the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer.

Heartland and Heartland Advisors recognize that information about the Funds’ portfolio holdings is an asset of the Funds and may constitute material, non-public information and that, without appropriate safeguards, selective disclosure of such information may run afoul of the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws. In general, the Disclosure Policy is intended to prohibit the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio holdings information except under limited circumstances as described below. In addition to broad dissemination of the Funds’ portfolio holdings (either through required filings with the SEC or website postings), the Disclosure Policy permits selective disclosure of such information in limited circumstances when it is legally required or determined to be in the best interests of shareholders of the Fund and other legitimate business reasons to do so and the recipients of such information are subject to a duty of confidentiality, including a duty not to trade on the basis of such information. Disclosure of portfolio holdings information, other than under the circumstances described below, requires the authorization of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, subject to approval or ratification by the Heartland Board of Directors. Conflicts of interest between the interests of the Funds’ shareholders, on the one hand, and those of Heartland Advisors or any other affiliated person of the Funds, on the other hand, with respect to the disclosures of a Fund’s portfolio holdings information are resolved by the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer who may consult with the independent directors of the Funds and/or legal counsel, and then reported to the Board at its next regularly scheduled meeting.

Disclosure to Service Providers . The Funds may disclose information relating to the Funds’ portfolio holdings to various service providers in connection with the day-to-day operations and management of the Funds. Such disclosures are essential to the ability of such services providers to carry out their responsibilities to the Funds. Each service provider is contractually and/or ethically prohibited from further disclosing portfolio holdings information to other unaffiliated third parties unless specifically authorized by the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, and from trading on the basis of such information. The frequency of disclosure to these service providers may vary, depending on the needs of these service providers for such information to function effectively. Portfolio holdings disclosure to the Funds’ advisor, custodian, transfer agent and fund accountant is generally on a daily basis, with no lag. These service providers include:

 

    Heartland Advisors, Inc. - the Funds’ investment adviser (daily disclosure of portfolio holdings);

 

46


    Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. - the custodian of the Funds’ securities and other assets (daily disclosure of portfolio holdings);

 

    Bisys Fund Services Ohio, Inc. - the Funds’ transfer agent and fund accountant (daily disclosure of portfolio holdings);

 

    Heartland Investor Services, LLC - the principal underwriter and distributor of shares of the Funds (disclosure of portfolio holdings generally on a quarterly basis and otherwise from time to time as needed);

 

    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP - an independent registered public accounting firm engaged to provide audit, audit-related and tax services to the Funds (portfolio holdings are disclosed to this firm on a semi-annual basis in connection with the preparation of annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, and otherwise from time to time as needed);

 

    Quarles & Brady LLP - legal counsel to the Funds (portfolio holdings are disclosed to this firm on a quarterly basis in connection with the preparation of regulatory filings and otherwise from time to time as needed);

 

    Institutional Shareholder Services - a proxy voting service used by the Funds (portfolio holdings are disclosed to this service provider as frequently as needed to enable it to vote proxies with respect of such holdings);

 

    FactSet Research Systems, Inc. - systems vendor (portfolio holdings are disclosed daily to this firm, without any lag, so that it can provide reports, information and research on such holdings for the benefit of the Advisor); and

 

    The Printery, and, from time to time, other print/mail houses - parties that facilitate the printing and delivery of Fund regulatory filings, prospectuses and shareholder communications (portfolio holdings are disclosed to them to the extent reflected in documents they are asked to print or mail about a week or so before they are delivered to shareholders).

Disclosure Required by Law . The Funds will publicly disclose all holdings in their semi-annual and annual reports to shareholders, as well as in Form N-Q, which is filed with the SEC within 60 days after the end of the Funds’ first and third fiscal quarters. Heartland will post these regulatory filings on its website at www.heartlandfunds.com, and the filings are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, Fund portfolio holdings will be disclosed (1) in response to requests or inquiries from governmental and regulatory agencies, (2) in applicable regulatory filings, such as Schedule 13G and Form 13F reports, (3) in compliance with a valid subpoena or court order, and (4) in connection with class action and other litigation involving a particular holding to which a Fund may be a party.

Disclosure to Broker/Dealers . The Trading and/or Research Departments of Heartland Advisors may periodically furnish lists of portfolio holdings to various broker/dealers to facilitate efficient trading in portfolio securities for the Funds and to receive relevant research. These lists will not identify individual or aggregate positions,

 

47


or identify particular clients, including the Funds. In connection with fulfilling their duties to the Funds, personnel of Heartland Advisors determine the frequency of disclosure to broker/dealers for trading and research. Such disclosure varies and may be as frequent as daily, and with no delay. These broker/dealers are prohibited from trading personally on the basis of such information.

Disclosure of Individual Holdings . Portfolio managers, research analysts, and other spokespersons of Heartland Advisors may disclose or confirm, on a periodic basis, the ownership of any individual portfolio holding in materials prepared for Fund shareholders (e.g., manager commentary), media interviews, due diligence meetings with clients or prospective clients, consultants, and ranking and rating organizations. In making any such disclosure, personnel of Heartland Advisors are subject to the Heartland Funds’ Business Conduct Rules and Code of Ethics, which include a duty to act in the best interests of clients, including the Funds, and to protect material nonpublic information of the Funds. In addition, the Funds’ complete portfolio holdings are currently disclosed on a periodic basis to the following recipients as part of ongoing arrangements that serve legitimate business purposes and are in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders: Lipper, Inc.; Morningstar, Inc.; Callan Associates; and Mercer Investment Consulting. These organizations generally receive monthly portfolio holdings information within 10 business days following month-end. These organizations have a duty of confidentiality with respect to such portfolio holdings information, including a duty not to trade on the basis of such information. These organizations provide ratings and ranking information and other data regarding the Funds and Heartland Advisors for use by investors and investment consultants.

Disclosure of Aggregate Holdings . Aggregate portfolio characteristics may be made available without a delay. Examples of aggregate portfolio characteristics include (1) the allocation of a Fund’s holdings among various asset classes, sectors, or industries, (2) the attribution of Fund returns by asset class, sector or industry, and (3) the volatility characteristics of a Fund. Such disclosure has been determined not to constitute material, non-public information, the disclosure of which is not harmful to the shareholders of the Funds.

The Disclosure Policy may not be waived, or exceptions made, without the consent of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. In determining whether to grant a waiver or make an exception, the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any potential conflicts of interest, taking into consideration all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, the frequency and extent of the disclosure, and the intended use of the information disclosed. Before granting such a waiver or exception, the Chief Compliance Officer must determine that disclosure of portfolio holdings information serves a legitimate business purpose, is in the best interests of the particular Fund and its shareholders, and that the recipient is subject to a duty of confidentiality, including an obligation to not trade on such information. All waivers or exceptions will be disclosed to the Board of Directors of Heartland for its approval or ratification at its next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting.

In addition, Heartland Advisors has adopted policies and procedures to limit communications with the public about its clients’ portfolio holdings, including the Funds. These policies and procedures, which apply to all personnel of Heartland Advisors,

 

48


(1) require coordination of media inquiries; (2) prohibit discussions of non-public information, including the unauthorized disclosure of portfolio holdings in any private account and the disclosure of securities on a restricted list or acquired in private placements and other private transactions or that represent significant positions in a particular issuer; and (3) prohibit public statements that are inconsistent with Heartland Advisors’ investment outlook, that constitute investment recommendations, or that may have the effect of “conditioning the market,” such as positive statements about a security intended to be sold or negative comments about a security intended to be purchased.

Neither Heartland nor Heartland Advisors (including any affiliates thereof) may receive compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of any Fund’s portfolio holdings information.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of April 3, 2006 no person controlled any of the Funds and the directors and officers of Heartland Group, Inc. as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Value Fund, the Select Value Fund and the Value Plus Fund. As of such date, no person was known to management to own, beneficially or of record, 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any of the Funds except as follows:

 

Record or Beneficial Holder

  

Fund

   No. of Shares (%)  

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
ATTN: Mutual Funds
101 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, CA 94104-4122

(record holder)

  

Select Value

Value Plus

Value

   2,017,088.060
2,519,604.611
6,280,930.587
   22.71
25.69
18.56
%
%
%

National Financial Services Corp.
The Exclusive Benefit
of Our Customers
200 Liberty Street
New York, NY 10281-1003

(record holder)

  

Select Value

Value Plus

Value

   2,237,185.296
2,180,578.835
4,744,585.260
   25.19
22.23
14.02
%
%
%

National Investor Services
55 Water Street
32nd Floor
New York, NY 10041-3299

(record holder)

   Select Value    543,659.508    6.12 %

Pershing/Donaldson Lufkin Jenrette
P.O. Box 2052
Jersey City, NJ 07303-2052

(record holder)

  

Select Value

Value Plus

   504,373.296
822,347.797
   5.68
8.38
%
%

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

Heartland Advisors provides investment management and administrative services to the Funds pursuant to identical Investment Advisory Agreements with respect to all of the Funds. All of these agreements are collectively referred to as the “Management Agreements.” William J. Nasgovitz, a Director and the President of

 

49


Heartland, controls Heartland Advisors by virtue of his indirect ownership of a majority of its outstanding capital stock and serves as its President and Chief Executive Officer. Heartland Advisors, founded in 1982, serves as the investment advisor for the Funds, and also provides investment management services for individuals, institutions and retirement plans. As of March 31, 2006, Heartland Advisors had approximately $2.9 billion in assets under management. Mr. Nasgovitz intends to retain control of Heartland Advisors through the continued ownership of a majority of the outstanding voting stock of Heartland Holdings, Inc., which owns all of the stock of Heartland Advisors.

Under the Management Agreements, each of the Select Value and Value Funds pays Heartland Advisors an annual management fee at the rate of 0.75% of the respective Fund’s average daily net assets, and the Value Plus Fund pays Heartland Advisors an annual management fee at the rate of 0.70% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The fees are paid in monthly installments.

Each of the Management Agreements continues from year to year only if such continuation is approved annually by the Board of Directors of the Funds, including at least a majority of the Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Funds (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940). The Board of Directors, including all of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Funds, last approved the annual continuation of the Management Agreements at a regular quarterly meeting held in May 2005.

In July 2002, the Advisor and certain of its officers settled consolidated civil class action litigation growing out of the alleged mispricing of certain thinly traded bonds held by municipal bond funds formerly managed by the Advisor. In 2003, the SEC filed a civil complaint against the Advisor, Mr. Nasgovitz, and certain current and former employees of the Advisor growing out of the same circumstances (see “Litigation” in the Prospectus). The Board receives updates on the status of the SEC litigation at each of its regular quarterly meetings. Based on its understanding of this litigation and its status, the Board concluded that the allegations did not relate to any of the Funds presently managed by the Advisor and that, in its present status, it does not affect the Advisor’s ability to continue to manage the Funds. The Board will continue to monitor the status of this litigation. The Board has also continued to closely monitor the financial condition of the Advisor and its parent. Expenses in connection with the civil litigation were paid by the parent corporation of the Advisor.

The Management Agreements may enable Heartland Advisors to receive investment research products and services from certain broker-dealers as a result of its authority to allocate securities transactions for the Funds to those firms.

The following table sets forth the management fees paid by each Fund to Heartland Advisors for the last three fiscal years:

 

     2003    2004    2005

Select Value Fund

   $ 435,387    $ 678,555    $ 922,995

Value Plus Fund

   $ 744,869    $ 2,403,231    $ 2,279,519

Value Fund

   $ 10,240,274    $ 15,059,132    $ 12,169,390

 

50


Under the Management Agreements, Heartland Advisors manages the investment operations of the Funds and provides administrative services. Subject to the supervision and control of the Board of Directors, Heartland Advisors is authorized to formulate and maintain a continuing investment program with respect to the Funds and to determine the selection, amount, and time to buy, sell or lend securities or other investments for the Funds, including the selection of entities with or through which such purchases, sales or loans are to be effected. In addition, Heartland Advisors supervises the business and affairs of the Funds and provides such services and facilities as may be required for effective administration of the Funds. Heartland Advisors will permit any of its officers or employees to serve without compensation from the Funds as directors or officers of Heartland if elected to such positions.

Heartland Advisors at its own expense furnishes all executive and other personnel to the Funds, paying all salaries and fees of the officers and directors of Heartland who are employed by Heartland Advisors or its affiliates. Heartland Advisors also presently reimburses the unaffiliated employer of the Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer for his compensation. In addition, Heartland Advisors provides office space and other facilities required to render the services set forth above. Heartland Advisors is not required to pay or provide any credit for services provided by Heartland’s custodian, transfer agent or other agents without additional costs to Heartland. Moreover, if Heartland Advisors pays or assumes any expenses of Heartland or a Fund which it is not required to pay or assume under the Management Agreements, Heartland Advisors will not be obligated to pay or assume the same or similar expense in the future.

The Funds bear all their other expenses including all charges of depositories, custodians and other agencies for the safekeeping and servicing of their cash, securities and other property; all expenses of maintaining and servicing shareholder accounts, including all charges for transfer, shareholder recordkeeping, dividend disbursing, redemption and other agents for the benefit of the Funds; all charges for equipment or services used for obtaining price quotations or for communication with the Funds’ custodian, transfer agent or any other agent selected by Heartland; all charges for accounting services provided to the Funds by Heartland Advisors or any other provider of such services; all charges for services of Heartland’s independent auditors and legal counsel; all compensation of directors and officers (other than those employed by or who serve as directors of Heartland Advisors or its affiliates and the present Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer of the Funds), all expenses of Heartland’s officers and directors incurred in connection with their services to the Funds, and all expenses of meetings of the directors or committees thereof; all expenses incidental to holding meetings of shareholders, including expenses of printing and supplying to each record-date shareholder notice and proxy solicitation materials, and all other proxy solicitation expenses; all expenses of printing of annual or more frequent revisions of the Funds’ prospectuses, statements of additional information and shareholder reports, and of supplying to each then existing shareholder copies of such materials as required by applicable law; all expenses of bond and insurance coverage required by law or

 

51


deemed advisable by the Heartland Board of Directors; all brokers’ commissions and other normal charges incident to the purchase, sale or lending of portfolio securities; all taxes and governmental fees payable to federal, state or other governmental agencies, domestic or foreign, including all stamp or other transfer taxes; all expenses of registering and maintaining the registration of Heartland under the 1940 Act and, to the extent no exemption is available, expenses of registering shares under the Securities Act of 1933, of qualifying and maintaining qualification of Heartland and of shares of the Funds for sale under the securities laws of various states or other jurisdictions, and of registration and qualification of Heartland under all other laws applicable to Heartland or its business activities; all interest on indebtedness and commitment fees for lines of credit, if any, incurred by Heartland or the Funds; and all fees, dues and other expenses incurred by Heartland in connection with membership in any trade association or other investment company organization. Any expenses that are attributable solely to the organization, operation or business of a particular Fund shall be paid solely out of that Fund’s assets. Any expenses incurred by Heartland that are not solely attributable to a particular Fund are apportioned in such a manner as Heartland Advisors determines is fair and appropriate, or as otherwise specified by the Board of Directors.

The Management Agreements provide that neither Heartland Advisors, nor any of its directors, officers, shareholders, agents or employees shall have any liability to Heartland or any shareholder of Heartland for any error of judgment, mistake of law, loss arising out of any investment, or any other act or omission in the performance by Heartland Advisors of its duties under the agreement, except for loss or liability resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on Heartland Advisors’ part or from reckless disregard by Heartland Advisors of its obligations and duties under the agreement.

Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent

BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc. (“BISYS”), 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219, serves as transfer and dividend disbursing agent for the Funds.

Bookkeeping and Accounting Agreement

For certain bookkeeping and accounting services it provides to the Funds, BISYS receives an annual fee based on total assets of all Funds prorated among them in an amount equal to 0.025% on the first $3 billion of average daily net assets and 0.015% of average daily net assets in excess of $3 billion.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the total compensation paid to BISYS for certain bookkeeping and accounting services was $538,008, $828,765 and $678,452, respectively.

Pursuant to an amendment to the Fund Accounting Agreement, BISYS has agreed to provide the Funds with a temporary treasurer as requested and approved by the Board.

 

52


Custodian

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 40 Water Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, serves as custodian for the Funds. The Custodian is responsible for, among other things, holding all securities and cash, handling the receipt and delivery of securities, and receiving and collecting income from investments. Subcustodians may provide custodial services for certain assets of the Funds held domestically and outside the U.S.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, an independent registered public accounting firm, audits the annual financial statements of the Funds and report thereon, prepares and/or reviews certain regulatory reports and the federal income tax returns, and performs other professional auditing, tax and accounting services when engaged by Heartland to do so.

DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

Heartland Investor Services, LLC (the “Distributor”), 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219, acts as principal underwriter and distributor of the shares of the Funds. Heartland Investor Services, LLC is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The BISYS Group, Inc. Heartland Investor Services, LLC is an affiliate of the Funds’ transfer agent, BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc.

Under the Distribution Agreement approved by the Board of Directors of Heartland (including a majority of those directors who are not interested persons of Heartland or of the Distributor), the Distributor has agreed to use appropriate efforts to solicit orders for the sales of shares of the Funds and to undertake such advertising and promotion as it believes is reasonable in connection with such solicitation. The Distributor engages in activities which it in good faith deems reasonable, which are primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Funds, including without limitation advertising, compensation of securities dealers, sales personnel and others for distribution and related services, the printing and mailing of prospectuses to persons other than current shareholders, and the printing and mailing of sales literature.

The Distribution Agreement will continue for each Fund automatically for successive one-year terms, provided that such continuance is approved at least annually (i) by the vote of the members of Heartland’s Board of Directors who are not interested persons of the Fund or the Distributor, cast in person at a meeting for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by the vote of either a majority of Heartland’s Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Notwithstanding the above, the Distribution Agreement may be terminated without penalty on not less than 60 days’ prior written notice by either party and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

Rule 12b-1 Plan

Each Fund has adopted a distribution plan (the “Rule 12b-1 Plan”) which, among other things, requires it to pay the Distributor a monthly amount of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets computed on an annual basis.

 

53


The amount reimburses the Distributor for distributing and servicing each Fund’s shares. Covered distribution expenses include, but are not limited to, the printing of prospectuses and reports used for sales purposes, advertisements, expenses of preparation and printing of sales literature, expenses associated with electronic marketing and sales media and communications, and other sales or promotional expenses, including compensation paid to any securities dealer (including the Distributor), financial institution or other person who renders assistance in distributing or promoting the sale of Fund shares, provides shareholder services to the Funds or has incurred any of the aforementioned expenses on behalf of the Fund pursuant to either a Dealer Agreement or other authorized arrangement. Covered servicing expenses include, but are not limited to, costs associated with relationship management, retirement plan enrollment meetings, investment and educational meetings, conferences and seminars, and the cost of collateral materials for such events. Each Fund is obligated to pay fees under the Rule 12b-1 Plan only to the extent of expenses actually incurred by the Distributor for the current year, and thus there will be no carry-over expenses from previous years. No fee paid by a Fund under the Rule 12b-1 Plan may be used to reimburse the Distributor for expenses incurred in connection with another Fund.

Each Fund’s Rule 12b-1 Plan also authorizes the Fund to pay covered distribution and servicing expenses directly rather than through the Distributor, subject to the requirement that the aggregate amounts paid directly and to the Distributor do not exceed 0.25% per annum of the Fund’s average daily net assets. A Fund’s direct payment of covered distribution and servicing expenses is made with the Distributor’s knowledge primarily for administrative convenience.

Under the Rule 12b-1 Plan, the Distributor provides the Directors for their review promptly after the end of each quarter a written report on disbursements under the Rule 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such payments were made, plus a summary of the expenses incurred by the Distributor under the Rule 12b-1 Plan. In approving the Rule 12b-1 Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1, the Directors considered various factors, including the amount of the distribution fee. The Directors determined that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Rule 12b-1 Plan will benefit each Fund and its shareholders.

The Rule 12b-1 Plan continues in effect from year to year only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the vote of the Directors, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Distributor, cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Rule 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to each Fund, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Any change in the Rule 12b-1 Plan that would materially increase the distribution cost to the Fund requires shareholder approval; otherwise, it may be amended by the Directors, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting upon such amendment. So long as the Rule 12b-1 Plan is in effect, the selection or nomination of the Directors who are not interested persons is committed to the discretion of such Directors.

 

54


For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, the Funds paid the following amounts to the Distributor under the Rule 12b-1 Plan: $307,665 for the Select Value Fund; $814,111 for the Value Plus Fund; and $3,326,492 for the Value Fund.

The principal types of activities for which the Funds made payments (net of waivers) under the Rule 12b-1 Plan for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 were as follows:

 

     Advertising/
Sales
Literature
   Printing/Mailing
of Prospectuses
(Other than to
Current
Investors)
   Underwriter
Compensation
   Broker-Dealer
Compensation*
   Sales
Personnel
Compensation

Select Value Fund

   $ 145,639    $ 1,779    —      $ 155,729    $ 4,518

Value Plus Fund

   $ 182,117    $ 4,787    —      $ 610,526    $ 16,681

Value Fund

   $ 432,649    $ 24,226    —      $ 2,772,667    $ 96,950

* Includes compensation to Heartland Investor Services, LLC, other broker-dealers and financial institutions.

 

55


PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Heartland Advisors is responsible for each Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions, subject to the Fund’s specific investment restrictions and requirements.

Purchases and sales for all portfolios managed by Heartland Advisors for its clients, including the Funds’ portfolios, are allocated on a basis which is deemed to be fair and appropriate based on the characteristics and needs of the portfolios. Heartland Advisors may, when appropriate, aggregate purchases or sales of securities and allocate such trades among two or more portfolios. By so doing, Heartland Advisors anticipates that it may be able to decrease brokerage and transaction costs to its clients through volume discounts, reduction of brokerage commissions through negotiations not available to purchasers or sellers of smaller volumes of securities, and/or by obtaining the best pricing possible for such trades. In general, investment opportunities are allocated pro rata among clients that have comparable investment objectives and positions where sufficient quantities or trading volumes of a security make such allocation practicable. However, because many of the securities owned by Heartland Advisors’ clients have a limited trading market, it may not be possible to purchase or sell a sufficient quantity of securities of a particular issuer at a particular time to allocate pro rata among all clients that have comparable investment objectives and positions. Blocks of such securities, when available, may require immediate purchase decisions by Heartland Advisors prior to allocation of the order among clients. In other instances, because of the nature of the markets for securities with lower volume, it may take a significant period of time to accumulate or dispose of a position in such securities at a price deemed acceptable by Heartland Advisors. In such cases, the price of the security may fluctuate over time and it may be desirable to allocate trades to a particular client or group of clients in order to accumulate or dispose of a position of reasonable size in relation to the size of the account with as little disruption of the market as possible.

In order to seek the fair treatment of all clients, while recognizing the inherent need for flexibility, especially in the micro cap and small cap markets and the markets for certain fixed income securities, it is Heartland Advisors’ policy to allocate investment opportunities, purchases and sales among clients on a basis that considers the characteristics and needs of the clients, including their respective investment objectives, current securities positions, cash available for investment or cash needs, and similar factors based on the portfolio manager’s best judgment under the circumstances.

In general, investment opportunities are allocated on a random or pro rata basis, with cash the major consideration, among clients that have comparable investment objectives and positions where sufficient quantities or trading volumes of a security exist. However, because many of the securities owned by Heartland Advisors’ clients have a limited trading market, it may not be possible to purchase or sell a sufficient quantity of securities of a particular issuer at a particular time to allocate among all clients that have comparable investment objectives and positions. In other instances, because of the nature of the markets for securities with lower volume, it may take a significant period of time to accumulate or dispose of a position in such securities at a price deemed acceptable by Heartland Advisors. In such cases, the price of the

 

56


security may fluctuate over time and it may be desirable to allocate trades to a particular client or group of clients in order to accumulate or dispose of a position of reasonable size in relation to the size of the account with as little disruption of the market as possible. There also may be situations where an investment opportunity, in particular a new idea, is only allocated to those accounts that the portfolio manager reasonably believes have sufficient size and diversification.

Heartland Advisors may, when appropriate, aggregate purchases or sales of securities and allocate such trades among two or more clients. By so doing, Heartland Advisors reasonably believes that over time it may be able to decrease brokerage and transaction costs to its clients through volume discounts, reduce brokerage commissions through negotiations not available to purchasers or sellers of smaller volumes of securities, and/or obtain better pricing than is possible for smaller trades. In general, an aggregated purchase or sale order that is only partially filled will be allocated on either a pro rata or random basis among the clients participating in the order.

Generally, clients participating in aggregated trades will receive the same average execution price on any given aggregated order on a given business day and transaction costs will be shared pro rata based on each client’s participation in the transaction unless the client has designated a specific broker and negotiated a separate commission rate with that broker.

From time to time, Heartland Advisors may take advantage of opportunities to invest in initial public offerings of equity securities (“IPOs”) as they arise. In general, an account may participate in an IPO allocation if the portfolio manager believes that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, and based on factors including the account’s investment objectives, risk profile, asset composition and cash levels, the IPO is an appropriate investment. Accordingly, it is unlikely that any particular account will participate in every IPO allocation and certain accounts may never participate in IPO allocations. IPOs will generally be allocated on a random basis to all participating accounts in a manner that Heartland Advisors reasonably believes will lead to a fair and equitable distribution of IPOs over time.

Heartland Advisors may select, and establish securities accounts and process transactions through one or more securities brokerage firms. It selects brokers and dealers to execute transactions for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities based upon a judgment of their professional capability to provide the service, and in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to clients. The primary consideration in selecting broker-dealers is prompt and efficient execution of orders in an effective manner at the most favorable price, but a number of other judgmental factors may enter into the decision. These factors may include, for example: knowledge of negotiated commission rates and transaction costs; the nature of the security being purchased or sold; the size of the transaction; historical and anticipated trading volume in the security and security price volatility; and broker and dealer operational capabilities and financial conditions. Among the brokers that may be used are electronic communication networks (ECNs), which are fully disclosed agency brokers that normally limit their activities to electronic execution of securities transactions. While commission rates are a factor in Heartland

 

57


Advisors’ analysis, they are not the sole determinative factor in selecting brokers and dealers.

Heartland Advisors does not consider the efforts of any broker or dealer in marketing or selling shares of the Funds in its selection of brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds.

As permitted by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Heartland Advisors engages in the long-standing investment management industry practice of paying higher commissions to brokers and dealers who provide brokerage and research services (“research services”) than to brokers and dealers who do not provide such research services, if such higher commissions are deemed reasonable in relation to the value of research services provided. Heartland Advisors uses these research services in its investment decision-making processes. These types of transactions are commonly referred to as “soft dollar transactions.”

Two different types of research services are typically acquired through these transactions: (i) proprietary research services offered by the broker or dealer executing a trade and (ii) other research services offered by third parties through the executing broker or dealer. Research services that may be obtained by Heartland Advisors through soft dollar transactions include, but are not limited to: economic, industry or company research reports or investment recommendations; subscriptions to financial publications or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends and similar data; computerized databases; quotation equipment and services; research or analytical computer software and services; and services of economic and other consultants concerning markets, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and performance of accounts. Heartland Advisors also may receive soft dollars on riskless principal transactions in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Research services so received enable Heartland Advisors to supplement its own research and analysis used in connection with providing advice to its clients as to the value of securities; the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; the furnishing to clients of analyses and reports; and the effecting of securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement) on behalf of clients.

Soft dollar transactions are not effected pursuant to any agreement or understanding with any broker or dealer regarding a specific dollar amount of commissions to be paid to that broker or dealer. However, Heartland Advisors does in some instances request a particular broker or dealer to provide a specific research service which may be proprietary to that firm or produced by a third party and made available by that firm. In such instances, the broker or dealer, in agreeing to provide the research service, frequently will indicate to Heartland Advisors a specific or minimum amount of commissions which it expects to receive by reason of its provision of the particular research service. Although Heartland Advisors does not agree to direct a specific or minimum commission amount to a firm in that circumstance, it does maintain an internal procedure to identify those brokers who provide it with research services and

 

58


the value of such research services, and endeavors to direct sufficient commissions (including commissions on transactions in fixed income securities effected on an agency basis, dealer selling concessions on new issues of securities and certain riskless principal transactions) to ensure the continued receipt of research services it feels are useful in managing client accounts.

In a few instances, Heartland Advisors receives from brokers products or services which are used both for investment research and for administrative, marketing, or other non-research or brokerage purposes. Heartland Advisors has a policy of not allocating brokerage business in return for products or services other than brokerage or research services in accordance with the provisions of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In such instances, it makes a good faith effort to determine the relative proportion of its use of such product or service which is for investment research or brokerage, and that portion of the cost of obtaining such product or service may be defrayed through brokerage commissions generated by client transactions, while the remaining portion of the costs of obtaining the product or service is paid by it in cash. In making such allocations, Heartland Advisors has a conflict of interest and has established reasonable procedures designed to address such conflicts.

Research or brokerage products or services provided by brokers may be used by Heartland Advisors in servicing any or all of its clients, and such research products or services may not necessarily be used by it in connection with client accounts which paid commissions to the brokers providing such product or service. In recognition of these factors, clients may pay higher commissions to brokers than might be charged if a different broker had been selected, if, in Heartland Advisors’ opinion, this policy furthers the objective of obtaining best price and execution. In addition, Heartland Advisors does not modify or reduce its fees based on the amount of brokerage or research services it receives from soft dollar transactions.

Pursuant to Section 17(e) of the 1940 Act and Rule 17e-1 thereunder, the Funds may engage an affiliated person (or an affiliated person of an affiliated person) to act as a broker in connection with purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the Funds, provided that the commission, fee or other remuneration paid to such broker, from any source, does not exceed (a) the usual and customary broker’s commission if the transaction is effected on a securities exchange, (b) 2% of the sales price if the transaction is effected in connection with a secondary distribution of such securities, or (c) 1% of the purchase or sale price of such securities if the transaction is otherwise effected. A commission, fee or other remuneration will not be deemed to exceed the “usual and customary” broker’s commission if the commission, fee or other remuneration is reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration paid to other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period of time. This standard does not allow the affiliated broker to receive more than the remuneration which would be expected to be received by an unaffiliated broker in a commensurate arm’s-length transaction. Furthermore, Heartland’s Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons, has adopted procedures which are reasonably designed to provide that any commission, fee or other remuneration paid to an affiliated broker is consistent with the foregoing

 

59


standard, and determines at least quarterly that all transactions with affiliated brokers were effected in accordance with such procedures.

Pursuant to a plan adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors under, and subject to the provisions of Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act, the Funds may purchase securities during the existence of an underwriting or selling syndicate, when a principal underwriter is an affiliate of the Funds. The plan and Rule 10f-3 limit the securities that may be so purchased, the time and manner of purchase, the underwriting discounts and amount of purchase, and require a review by the Board of Directors of any such transactions at least quarterly.

During the last three fiscal years, the aggregate commissions on portfolio transactions paid by the Funds were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2003    2004    2005

Select Value Fund

   $ 138,049    $ 336,622    $ 264,129

Value Plus Fund

   $ 728,809    $ 1,475,967    $ 1,066,779

Value Fund

   $ 7,148,262    $ 6,186,959    $ 6,050,346

The table below shows information on brokerage commissions paid by the Funds to brokers or dealers who supplied research services to Heartland Advisors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005:

 

Fund

   Amount of Commissions Paid to
Brokers or Dealers Who Supplied
Research
Services to Heartland Advisors
   Total Dollar Amount
Involved
in Such Transactions (000’s)

Select Value Fund

   $ 255,039    $ 123,111

Value Plus Fund

   $ 938,031    $ 290,163

Value Fund

   $ 4,896,069    $ 2,357,589

Under the 1940 Act, American Physicians Service Group, Inc. may, as of December 31, 2005, have been deemed an affiliated broker-dealer of Heartland Advisors since on that date Heartland Advisors held or controlled more than 5% of its outstanding voting shares. During the Funds’ three most recent fiscal years, the Funds placed no portfolio transactions with and paid no broker commissions to American Physicians Services Group, Inc.

 

60


DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Heartland Group, Inc. is a series company, which means the Board of Directors may establish additional series and classes within series, and may increase or decrease the number of shares in each class or series, all without shareholder approval. The Funds are each a separate mutual fund series of Heartland. Currently, three series are authorized and outstanding, and there is only one class within each series. The authorized common stock of Heartland consists of one billion shares, par value $0.001 per share. Each share has one vote, and when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the offering, each share will be fully paid and non-assessable. Shares have no preemptive, cumulative voting, subscription or conversion rights and are freely transferable. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates representing shares purchased are not issued. However, such purchases are confirmed to the investor and credited to their accounts on the books maintained by the Funds’ transfer agent. The investor will have the same rights of ownership with respect to shares as if certificates had been issued.

Heartland’s Articles of Incorporation provide that the assets of each series belong to that series, subject only to the rights of creditors, and that such assets shall be charged with all liabilities in respect of that series and all expenses, costs, charges, and reserves attributable to that series. The Articles further provide that any assets or liabilities not readily identifiable to a series shall be allocated among the various series by or under the supervision of the Board of Directors in such manner and on such basis as the Board, in its sole discretion, deems fair and equitable, and that such allocation shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Heartland is aware of no statutory provisions or case law interpreting these or similar provisions or establishing whether the assets of one series may, under any circumstances, be charged with the unsatisfied liabilities allocated to another series. Accordingly, in the event that the liabilities of a series exceed the assets of that series, there is a possibility that the assets of the other series of Heartland could be subject to such excess liabilities. Each share of a series has identical dividend, liquidation and other rights.

Shareholders have the right to vote on the election of directors at each meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected and on other matters as provided by law or the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Heartland. Heartland’s Bylaws do not require that meetings of shareholders be held annually. However, special meetings of shareholders may be called for purposes such as electing or removing directors, changing fundamental policies, or approving investment advisory contracts. Heartland may fill vacancies on the Board or appoint new directors; provided, however, that at all times at least two-thirds of the directors have been elected by shareholders. Moreover, pursuant to Heartland’s Bylaws, any director may be removed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Heartland; and holders of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of Heartland can require that a special meeting of shareholders be called for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of one or more directors.

Shareholders of each series of a series company, such as Heartland, vote together with each share of each series in the company on matters affecting all series (such as election of directors), with each share entitled to a single vote. On matters

 

61


affecting only one series (such as a change in that series’ fundamental investment restrictions), only the shareholders of that series are entitled to vote. On matters relating to all the series but affecting the series differently (such as a new investment advisory agreement), separate votes by series are required.

PURCHASES AND SALES

Determination of Net Asset Value

Each Fund’s shares are sold at the next determined net asset value per share. Each Fund determines the net asset value per share by subtracting the Fund’s liabilities (including accrued expenses and dividends payable) from the Fund’s total assets (the value of the securities the Fund holds plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of shares outstanding.

Portfolio securities traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market are valued at the closing price on the principal exchange or market as of the close of regular trading hours on the day the securities are being valued, or, lacking any sales, at the latest bid price. Securities and other assets for which market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable are valued at their fair value using methods determined in good faith in accordance with pricing policies and procedures adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors.

For other securities for which market quotations are not readily available, the Pricing Committee, designated by Heartland’s Board of Directors, may also make a fair value determination pursuant to the Pricing Procedures if it reasonably determines that a significant event, which materially affects the value of a security, occurred after the time at which the market price for the security is determined, but prior to the time at which a Fund’s net asset value is calculated. The Board reviews all of the pricing committee’s fair value determinations. Fair valuation of a particular security is an inherently subjective process, with no single standard to utilize when determining a security’s fair value. As such, different mutual funds could reasonably arrive at a different fair value price for the same security. In each case where a security is fair valued, consideration is given to the facts and circumstances relevant to the particular situation. This consideration includes reviewing various factors set forth in the pricing procedures adopted by the Board of Directors and other factors as warranted. In making a fair value determination, factors that may be considered, among others, include: the type and structure of the security; unusual events or circumstances relating to the security’s issuer; general market conditions; prior day’s valuation; fundamental analytical data; size of the holding; cost of the security on the date of purchase; nature and duration of any restriction on disposition; trading activities and prices of similar securities or financial instruments.

 

62


Debt Securities. Debt securities are valued at fair value as furnished by an independent pricing service approved by Heartland’s Board of Directors that uses various valuation methodologies such as matrix pricing and other analytical pricing models as well as market transactions and dealer quotations. Debt securities with maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at acquisition cost, plus or minus any amortized discount or premium. Because Heartland Advisors believes that there currently is no uniform methodology for valuing foreign debt, such securities must be valued pursuant to the fair value procedures adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors.

Illiquid and Thinly Traded Securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing a Fund’s portfolio. If market quotations are not available, these securities will be valued in accordance with procedures established by Heartland’s Board of Directors. Judgment may, therefore, play a greater role in valuing these securities. Market quotations are generally available on many lower quality and comparable unrated issues only from a limited number of dealers, and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales. During periods of thin trading, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower quality and comparable unrated securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

Foreign Investments. In the event that (i) a foreign investment held by a Fund is traded in both a local and foreign form, (ii) each such form may be converted or exchanged for the other, and (iii) Heartland Advisors reasonably determines that the rights and privileges of holders of either form are comparable for valuation purposes, then Heartland Advisors may value the Fund’s investment based on the form for which current market quotes are most readily available even if such form is not the form of investment held by the Fund. If Heartland Advisors has reason to believe that circumstances exist which could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on the valuation of one form over the other, such as limitations on the ability to convert or exchange between forms, limitations on foreign ownership of securities or currency regulations, Heartland Advisors shall value the particular investment based on market quotations or a fair value determination with respect to the same form as that held by the Fund.

Foreign securities are valued on a basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded, and are translated from the local currency into U.S. dollars using exchange rates as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange. On any business day of a Fund on which the principal exchange on which a foreign security is traded is closed (for example, a local holiday), but trading occurs in the U.S. on either a national exchange or over-the-counter as reported by the exchange or through Nasdaq, respectively, then the last sales price from such source shall be used. If no sales price is available from such source, then the prior day’s valuation of the security may be used.

 

63


Occasionally, events affecting the value of foreign investments between the time at which those items are determined and the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange. Such events would not normally be reflected in a calculation of the Funds’ net asset values on that day. If events that materially affect the value of the Funds’ foreign investments or the foreign currency exchange rates occur during such period, the investments will be valued at their fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with pricing policies and procedures adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors.

Redemption-in-Kind

Each Fund intends to pay all redemptions in cash and is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or one percent of the net assets of the Fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. However, redemptions in excess of such limit may be paid wholly or partly by a distribution in kind of securities or other Fund assets if Heartland Advisors determines that existing conditions make cash payments undesirable. If redemptions were made in kind, the redeeming shareholders may incur a gain or loss for tax purposes and transaction costs.

 

64


ADDITIONAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Each Fund intends to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and, if so qualified, will not be subject to federal income taxes as a regular corporation to the extent its earnings are timely distributed. Each Fund also intends to make distributions as required by the Code to avoid the imposition of a 4% excise tax.

Each series of a series company, such as Heartland, is treated as a single entity for federal income tax purposes, so that the net investment income and the net realized capital gains and losses of one series are not combined with those of another series in the same company.

To the extent a Fund invests in foreign securities, it may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. Investors may be entitled to claim U.S. foreign tax credits with respect to such taxes, subject to certain provisions and limitations contained in the Code.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements, related notes and related reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, contained in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the Funds as of December 31, 2005 and for the year then ended are hereby incorporated by reference. Copies of the Funds’ Annual Report or, when it becomes available, Semi-Annual Report as of, and for the six months ended, June 30, 2006 may be obtained without charge by writing to Heartland, 789 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, by calling 1-800-432-7856, or by visiting the Heartland website at www.heartlandfunds.com.

 

65


EXHIBIT A

STATEMENT OF POLICY REGARDING PROXY VOTING

HEARTLAND ADVISORS, INC.

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

(May 2006)

I. INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this Statement of Policy Regarding Proxy Voting (the “Statement”) is to set forth the policies and procedures that are followed to ensure proxies are voted in favor of the beneficial security interests that Heartland Advisors, Inc. (“HAI”) and Heartland Group, Inc. (“HGI”, and collectively with HAI, the “Fiduciaries”), respectively, represent. Recognizing that guidance with respect to proxy voting is not static, it is intended that this Statement be reviewed periodically and revised and interpreted as necessary to remain current both with respect to its general terms and with respect to specific corporate governance matters to be voted upon.

The beneficial security interests represented by the Fiduciaries and hereinafter collectively referred to as “Clients” of the Fiduciaries are:

 

    As to HAI, the interests of its investment advisory clients for which it has accepted proxy voting discretion; and

 

    As to HGI, the interests of the shareholders of its various mutual fund series.

The policies and procedures set forth in this Statement are monitored, discussed and updated as necessary by the Investment Policy Committee of HAI and the Board of Directors of HGI at the recommendation of their respective managing principals or officers. Although these policies and procedures are common to HAI and HGI, each shall act independently and solely in the best interests of the respective fiduciary interests they represent in the administration thereof.

This Statement does not apply to those situations where a Client of HAI has retained voting discretion. In those situations, HAI will cooperate with the Client to ensure proxies are voted as directed by the Client. In addition, HAI will also abide by specific voting guidelines on certain policy issues as requested by a particular Client on a case-by-case basis.

II. STATEMENT OF POLICY

In general, proxies shall be voted in a manner designed to maximize the value of the Clients’ investment. In evaluating a particular proxy proposal, the respective Fiduciary will take into consideration, among other things, the period of time over which the voting shares of the company are expected to be held, the size of the position, the costs involved in the proxy proposal, and the existing governance documents of the

 

A-1


affected company, as well as its management and operations. Proxy proposals which change the existing status of a company shall be reviewed to evaluate the necessity of the change, and to determine the benefits to the company and its shareholders, but the Fiduciaries’ primary objective is to protect and enhance the economic interests of their respective Clients.

The proxy voting guidelines, attached as Exhibit A, provide a general framework for the manner in which the Fiduciaries’ will vote proxies. These guidelines are not “hard and fast” rules and do not address all matters that may be submitted by companies to a vote of their shareholders. Rather, the guidelines reflect the overall sentiment as to how proxies should be voted with respect to matters commonly submitted by companies for shareholder approval. The Fiduciaries may vote proxies that depart from such guidelines if, in their good faith judgment, doing so is in the best interests of their respective Clients and the value of the Clients’ investments. On matters not covered by the guidelines, the Fiduciaries will vote proxies in a manner believed in good faith to further the value of their Clients’ investments.

Generally, it is the Fiduciaries’ policy to vote in accordance with management’s recommendations on most issues since the capability of management is one of the criteria used by HAI in selecting stocks, and in recognition of the fact that a board of directors is elected by a company’s shareholders and the management of a company will normally have more specific expertise and knowledge as to the company’s operations. However, when the Fiduciaries believe management is acting on its own behalf, instead of on behalf of the well-being of the company and its shareholders, or when the Fiduciaries believe that management is acting in a manner that is adverse to the rights of the company’s shareholders, the Fiduciaries believe it is their duty to represent the interests of their respective Clients and, as a result, will not vote with management.

III. VOTING PROCEDURES

All proxy proposals shall be voted on an individual basis. Subject to the oversight of its Investment Policy Committee, HAI will designate a proxy administrator responsible for voting proxies. The proxy administrator will monitor and review all proxies to ensure that voting is done in a timely manner. The proxy administrator will match each proxy to the securities to be voted, and will provide the relevant proxy materials to the HAI analyst for the particular company. In general, the HAI analyst for a company shall be responsible for analyzing a proxy proposal relating to that company and determining how votes should be cast by communicating his/her recommendation to the HAI proxy administrator.

In evaluating a proxy proposal, the HAI analyst shall be responsible for considering whether there is any business relationship between the Fiduciary and the company or other facts and circumstances that may give rise to a material conflict of interest on the part of the Fiduciary in connection with voting Client proxies. Instances that may give rise to a material conflict include:

 

  (a)

The Fiduciary may manage a pension plan, administer an employee benefit plan for, or provide other services to a company whose

 

A-2


 

management is soliciting proxies. Failure to vote in favor of management may harm the Fiduciary’s relationship with the company.

 

  (b) The Fiduciary, or an officer, director, employee or representative, may have a business or personal relationship with proponents of a proxy proposal such as participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or candidates for directorship. These relationships could influence the Fiduciary’s proxy voting.

 

  (c) An employee of the Fiduciary may have a spouse or other relative who serves as a director, executive, manager or employee of a company. This personal relationship may cause a conflict.

 

  (d) An inherent conflict also exists with any proposal requiring a proxy vote that influences the revenue received by the Fiduciary.

In general, if the HAI analyst determines that a material conflict of interest may exist, the proxy shall be referred to the HAI Investment Policy Committee who shall, based on the advice of legal counsel, determine whether the proxy may be voted by the Fiduciary or referred to the Client (or another fiduciary of the Client) for voting purposes. 2

From time to time, HAI may also engage a third party service provider (who is independent of HAI and HGI), such as Glass, Lewis & Co., to perform research and make recommendations to HAI as to a particular shareholder vote being solicited. HAI is under no obligation to follow any such recommendation, but will take it under consideration when reviewing the proposal being solicited. Before engaging such third party service provider, HAI will take reasonable steps to verify that the service provider is independent of HAI and HGI based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. In addition, before engaging such third party service provider, HAI must be satisfied that the service provider can make impartial proxy voting recommendations that are in the best interests of the Clients. If the third party service provider is in the business of providing corporate guidance advice to companies in addition to making proxy voting recommendations to investment advisers, HAI will implement procedures that require such firm to disclose any relevant facts concerning that firm’s relationship with a company whose voting securities are held by Clients, such as the amount of compensation that the firm receives from the company. Such procedures may also include a thorough review of the service provider’s conflict procedures, their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation and/or other means reasonably designed to ensure the integrity of the proxy voting process. HAI will then use that information to determine whether that firm can make proxy voting recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Clients, or whether HAI needs to take other steps and seek other input on how to vote the proxies.


(2) In the case of HGI, if the Investment Policy Committee determines that the proxy should not be voted by the officers of HGI, the proxy shall be submitted to the Audit Committee of HGI (or its designee) to determine how the proxy should be voted.

 

A-3


When possible, voting will be conducted electronically through Governance Analytics – Institutions, ISS’ proprietary electronic delivery platform (“ISS”). For each proposal with respect to which a vote is cast, a hard copy of the signed ballot and a print out of the accounts for which votes were cast shall be retained for six months following the calendar year in which the vote was cast. In addition, an electronic voting record shall be maintained on ISS that shall include the same information, as well as a brief statement of the voting issue and a statement as to how the Fiduciary voted. Following the close of each respective calendar year, a hard copy of the electronic record shall be printed and maintained for seven calendar years. The Fiduciaries shall also maintain any other books and records required by applicable law.

With regard to proxies voted on behalf of the Heartland Family of Mutual Funds, the Fiduciaries shall comply with the disclosure and filing requirements set forth in Investment Company Act Release IC-25922, including filing of Form N-PX pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Upon request by a Client or the Board of Directors of HGI, HAI shall provide information concerning the voting of proxies on behalf of that Client or the Heartland Funds, respectively. Copies of this Statement of Policy also shall be made available upon request.

 

A-4


Exhibit A

Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

A. Board Items

 

Subject

  

Vote

Election of Directors    FOR nominees in an uncontested election, except that votes may be withheld from a director who:
  

•      Attended less than 75% of board and/or committee meetings without a valid business reason for the absences;

  

•      Serves on a committee when the committee’s actions are inconsistent with other guidelines (e.g. excessive option grants, substantial non-audit fees, or lack of board independence);

  

•      Receives compensation from the company for services other than serving as a director; or

  

•      Has other known positions that create a conflict of interest

Majority of Independent Directors    FOR proposals that require a majority of the board and/or board committees to be independent

Independent Chairperson

(Separate Chairperson/CEO)

   FOR proposals that require an independent member act as chairperson of the board
Board Size   

•      FOR proposals that seek to fix or designate a range for the board size

  

•      AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the board size outside a specified range without shareholder approval

Declassification of Board    FOR
Classification of Board    AGAINST
Removal of Directors   

•      AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause

  

•      FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause

Filling Vacancies   

•      FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies

  

•      AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacement board members

Term Limits    AGAINST shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors
Age Limits    AGAINST shareholder proposals to impose a mandatory retirement age for outside directors

 

B. Capital Structure and Voting Related Items

 

Subject

  

Vote

Poison Pills   

•      FOR shareholder proposals that request a company submit a poison pill to shareholder vote

  

•      AGAINST management proposals to adopt or ratify a poison pill

Supermajority Voting    AGAINST proposals that require a supermajority shareholder vote.
Cumulative Voting    AGAINST
Confidential Voting    FOR
Dual Class Stock    AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights.
Common Stock Authorization    Reviewed on a case-by-case basis when a proposal seeks to increase the number of common stock shares authorized for issuance

 

A-5


C. General/Administrative Items

 

Subject

  

Vote

Ratify Auditors   

FOR, unless:

 

•      The auditor is performing non-audit work for which it receives fees that are deemed excessive in relation to the fees paid for audit work; or

  

•      The auditor otherwise has a significant professional or personal relationship with the company that compromises the audit firm’s independence

Social, Political and Environmental Issues    Review on a case-by-case basis; however, typically vote with management with regard to social, political or environmental concerns that may have an effect upon the economic success of the company, as management is in the best position to assess the impact on the company and the value of its securities
Adjourn Meeting    AGAINST, absent compelling reasons to support
Transact Other Business    AGAINST proposals to approve such other business that may be raised during a meeting
Right to Call Meetings    FOR proposals that permit shareholders to call special meetings of the board

 

D. Compensation Items

 

Subject

  

Vote

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash    FOR plans that allow participants to take all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock
Stock Ownership Requirements    FOR proposals that require senior executives to hold a minimum amount of common stock of the company
Stock Options and Incentive Compensation   

•      FOR proposals that require stock acquired through an option exercise to be held for a certain period of time

  

•      AGAINST the re-pricing or replacement of stock options without shareholder approval

  

•      AGAINST proposals that provide for options priced at less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying security on the date of the grant

  

•      AGAINST annual option grants in excess of 2% of shares outstanding

  

•      AGAINST option plans that provide for potential dilution of shares that exceed 10% of shares outstanding

  

•      AGAINST proposals that include automatic share replenishment (“evergreen”) features

Executive Severance Agreements (“Golden Parachutes”)    Reviewed on a case-by-case basis, but vote AGAINST proposals that provide for compensation exceeding three times annual compensation (salary and bonus)
Employee Stock Ownership Plans    FOR where the plan provides for a minimum stock purchase price that is equal or greater than 85% of the stock’s fair market value

 

A-6


Part C. Other Information

 

Item 23   

Exhibits

(a.1)    Articles of Incorporation (4)
(a.2)    Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Nebraska Tax Free Fund (3)
(a.3)    Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Small Cap Contrarian Fund, and to create a series known as the Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund (5)
(a.4)    Certificate of Correction to Articles Supplementary to correct the name of the Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund and to correct the provision regarding a small account fee (7)
(a.5)    Articles Supplementary to add a provision regarding an early redemption fee (7)
(a.6)    Articles of Amendment to change the name of the Heartland U.S. Government Securities Fund series to the Heartland Government Fund (7)
(a.7)    Articles of Amendment to change the name of the Heartland Large Cap Value Fund series to the Heartland Select Value Fund (7)
(a.8)    Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Mid Cap Value Fund (7)
(a.9)    Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Wisconsin Tax Free Fund (11)
(a.10)    Form of Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to discontinue, three of its series known as the Heartland Short Duration High-Yield Municipal Fund, Heartland High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund and Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund
(b)    Amended and Restated Bylaws (12)
(c.1)    Articles Sixth through Eighth and Article Tenth of the Articles of Incorporation (see Exhibit a.1)
(c.2)    Articles Supplementary (see Exhibits a.2, a.3. a.8 and a.9)
(c.3)    Articles II, VI, IX and X of the Bylaws (see Exhibit b)
(d.1)    Investment Advisory Agreement for the Heartland Value Fund (4)

 

1


(d.2)    Investment Advisory Agreement for Heartland Select Value and Value Plus Funds (2)
(d.3)    Amended Schedule A to Investment Advisory Agreement adding Heartland Short Duration High-Yield Municipal and Heartland High-Yield Municipal Bond Funds (2)
(d.4)    Investment Management Agreement for the Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund (5)
(e.1)    Distribution Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and Heartland Investor Services, LLC (10)
(e.2)    Distribution Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and Heartland Investor Services, LLC dated August 17, 2005
(e.3)    Form of Dealer Agreement (10)
(e.4)    Form of Shareholder Services Agreement (10)
(e.5)    Agreement Regarding Provision of Marketing and Sales Support Services between Heartland Advisors, Inc. and Heartland Investor Services, LLC (10)
(e.6)    Termination Agreement to Agreement Regarding Provision of Marketing and Sales Support Services Between Heartland Advisors, Inc. and Heartland Investor Services, LLC
(f)    Not applicable
(g)    Custodian Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (12)
(h.1)    Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agency Agreement with BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc. (10)
(h.2)    Heartland Group, Inc.’s Rule 10f-3 Plan (4)
(h.3)    Administration Agreement (5)
(h.4)    Accounting and Bookkeeping Agreement (5)
(h.5)    Fund Accounting Agreement (9)
(h.6)    Amendment to Transfer Agency Agreement, Fund Accounting Agreement and Blue Sky Services Agreement
(h.7)    Amendment to Fund Accounting Agreement
(h.8)    Form of Sub-Transfer Agency Agreement for Employee Benefit Plan Services (10)

 

2


(h.9)    Power of Attorney (12)
(h.10)    Credit Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (13)
(i)    Opinion of Counsel (7)
(j.1)    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(j.2)    Consent of Counsel
(k)    Not applicable
(l)    Not applicable
(m.1)    Heartland Group Inc.’s Amended and Restated Rule 12b-1 Plan (as of March 1, 1999) (6)
(m.2)    Form of Related Distribution Agreement for Rule 12b-1 Plan (6)
(n)    Not applicable
(o)    Reserved
(p.1)    Heartland Group, Inc.’s and Heartland Advisors, Inc.’s Business Conduct Rules and Code of Ethics (Amended as of May 19, 2006)
(p.2)    Heartland Investor Services, LLC’s Code of Ethics (10)

(1) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about August 9, 1996.

 

(2) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 18, 1996.

 

(3) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about January 30, 1997.

 

(4) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 13, 1998.

 

(5) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 15, 1998.

 

(6) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about February 26, 1999.

 

(7) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 6, 1999.

 

3


(8) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about March 2, 2000.

 

(9) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about March 2, 2001.

 

(10) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 43 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about March 1, 2002.

 

(11) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about November 4, 2002.

 

(12) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about February 27, 2004.

 

(13) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 47 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant Filed on or about March 1, 2005.

 

4


Item 24. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund

Not Applicable. See “Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities” in Part B.

 

Item 25. Indemnification

Reference is made to Article IX of the Fund’s Amended and Restated Bylaws filed as Exhibit (b) to this Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Fund’s Registration Statement with respect to the indemnification of the Fund’s directors and officers, which is set forth below:

Section 9.1. Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents . The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided that:

 

  (a) whether or not there is an adjudication of liability in such Proceeding, the Corporation shall not indemnify any person for any liability arising by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office or under any contract or agreement with the Corporation (“disabling conduct”); and

 

  (b) the Corporation shall not indemnify any person unless:

 

  (1) the court or other body before which the Proceeding was brought (i) dismisses the Proceeding for insufficiency of evidence of any disabling conduct, or (ii) reaches a final decision on the merits that such person was not liable by reason of disabling conduct; or

 

  (2) absent such a decision, a reasonable determination is made, based upon a review of the facts, by (i) the vote of a majority of a quorum of the Directors of the Corporation who are neither interested persons of the Corporation as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 nor parties to the Proceeding, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, if a majority of a quorum of Directors described in paragraph (b)(2)(i) above so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that such person was not liable by reason of disabling conduct.

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a Proceeding will be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition thereof upon an undertaking by such person to repay such expenses (unless it is ultimately determined that he is entitled to indemnification), if:

 

  (1) such person shall provide adequate security for his undertaking;

 

5


  (2) the Corporation shall be insured against losses arising by reason of such advance; or

 

  (3) a majority of a quorum of the Directors of the Corporation who are neither interested persons of the Corporation as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 nor parties to the Proceeding, or independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts, that there is reason to believe that such person will be found to be entitled to indemnification.

Section 9.2. Insurance of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in or arising out of his position. However, in no event will the Corporation purchase insurance to indemnify any such person for any act for which the Corporation itself is not permitted to indemnify him.

 

Item 26. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser

Heartland Advisors, Inc.

Heartland Advisors, Inc. acts as the investment advisor to three of the Heartland Funds (Select Value, Value Plus and Value Funds). William J. Nasgovitz, a director and President of Heartland Group, Inc., is a controlling person of Heartland Advisors through his indirect ownership of a majority of its voting common stock. Mr. Nasgovitz has indicated he intends to retain control of Heartland Advisors, Inc. through continued indirect ownership of a majority of its outstanding voting stock.

 

6


Set forth below is a list of the officers and directors of Heartland Advisors, Inc. as of April 14, 2006, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of those officers and directors during the past two years:

 

NAME

  

POSITION AND OFFICES WITH
HEARTLAND ADVISORS, INC.

  

OTHER

William J. Nasgovitz   

President and Chief Executive Officer

   President and Director, Heartland Group, Inc., since December 1984.
Paul T. Beste   

Chief Operating Officer and Secretary

   Vice President, Heartland Group, Inc., since September 1997; Secretary, Heartland Group, Inc., since November 2005; Secretary and Treasurer, Heartland Value Manager, LLC, since August 2000
Nicole J. Best    Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, and Treasurer    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., since November 2005; Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., from June 2000 to November 2005.
Eric J. Miller   

Senior Vice President, Director

   Chief Executive Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., since January 2004.
Hugh F. Denison   

Senior Vice President

   None.
Kevin D. Clark   

Senior Vice President

   None.
David C. Fondrie   

Senior Vice President

   None.
Michael Riggs   

Senior Vice President

   None.
D. Rodney Hathaway   

Vice President

   None.
Bradford A. Evans   

Vice President

   None.
Theodore D. Baszler   

Vice President

   None.
Matthew J. Miner   

Vice President

   None.
Kimberly R. O’Connor   

Vice President

   None.
Aaron A. Picard   

Vice President

   None.
Jeffrey Kohl   

Vice President

   None.
Michael DiStefano   

Vice President

   None.

 

7


Item 27. Principal Underwriters

 

  (a) Heartland Investor Services, LLC acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of the shares of each of the Heartland Funds. Heartland Investor Services, LLC does not currently act as the principal underwriter or distributor for any open-end mutual funds other than the Heartland Funds.

 

  (b) Set forth below is certain information regarding the officers and directors of Heartland Investor Services, LLC as of April 14, 2006:

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ADDRESS

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES
WITH UNDERWRITER

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES

WITH HEARTLAND

GROUP, INC.

Richard F. Froio

100 Summer St.

Suite 1500

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

   President/Director    None

James L. Smith

100 Summer St.

Suite 1500

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

   Vice President/Chief Compliance Officer/Director    None

Elliott Dobin

100 Summer St.

Suite 1500

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

   Secretary    None

Brian K. Bey

3435 Stelzer Road

Columbus, Ohio 43219

   Vice President/Assistant Compliance Officer/Director    None

James E. Pike

3435 Stelzer Road

Columbus, Ohio 43219

   Financial and Operational Principal    None

 

  (c) Heartland Investor Services, LLC received a total of $373,992 in distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees from the Heartland Funds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. Of these distribution fees, Heartland Investor Services, LLC received $21,655 from the Select Value Fund, $59,569 from the Value Plus Fund, and $292,768 from the Value Fund.

 

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records

 

  (a) Heartland Group, Inc.

789 North Water Street

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

  (b) BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc.

3435 Stelzer Road

Columbus, Ohio 43219

 

8


Heartland Investor Services, LLC

3435 Stelzer Road

Columbus, Ohio 43219

Heartland Investor Services, LLC

789 North Water Street

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

  (c) Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

40 Water Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

 

Item 29. Management Services

Not applicable

 

Item 30. Undertakings

Not applicable

 

9


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, and State of Wisconsin on the 25th day of April, 2006.

 

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Eric J. Miller

 

Eric J. Miller, Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below on this 25th day of April, 2006, by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

/s/ Eric J. Miller

 

Eric J. Miller

  

Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Christopher E. Sabato

 

Christopher E. Sabato

   Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer (Chief Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ William J. Nasgovitz

 

William J. Nasgovitz

  

Director and President

/s/ Robert A. Rudell *

 

Robert A. Rudell

  

Director

/s/ Dale J. Kent *

 

Dale J. Kent

  

Director

/s/ Michael D. Dunham *

 

Michael D. Dunham

  

Director

 

*By:

 

/s/ William J. Nasgovitz

 

William J. Nasgovitz

 

Pursuant to Powers of Attorney

 

10


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.  

Description

(a.10)   Form of Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to discontinue, three of its series known as the Heartland Short Duration High-Yield Municipal Fund, Heartland High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund and Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund
(e.2)     Distribution Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and Heartland Investor Services, LLC, dated August 17, 2005
(e.6)     Termination Agreement to Agreement Regarding Provision of Marketing and Sales Support Services Between Heartland Advisors, Inc. and Heartland Investor Services, LLC
(h.6)     Amendment to Transfer Agency Agreement, Fund Accounting Agreement and Blue Sky Services Agreement
(h.7)     Amendment to Fund Accounting Agreement
(j.1)     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(j.2)     Consent of Counsel
(p.1)     Heartland Group, Inc. and Heartland Advisors, Inc. Business Conduct Rules and Code of Ethics (Amended as of May 19, 2006)

 

11

EXHIBIT (a.10)

ARTICLES SUPPLEMENTARY

OF

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

The Board of Directors of Heartland Group, Inc. (“Heartland Group”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland and registered as an open-end investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, by resolutions unanimously adopted on April      , 2006, has taken action (i) to withdraw the designation of and to discontinue three of its series known as the Heartland Short Duration High-Yield Municipal Fund, Heartland High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund and Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund (“Heartland Municipal Funds”); and (ii) to restore the 300 million shares of capital stock of Heartland Group previously allocated to the Heartland Municipal Funds to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Heartland Group. Heartland Group, having been authorized to issue one billion (1,000,000,000) shares of capital stock with a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($.001) per share, or an aggregate par value of one million dollars ($1,000,000), has the following six series in existence as of the effective date hereof:

 

Series

   No. of Shares

Heartland Value Fund

   150 Million

Heartland Select Value Fund

   100 Million

Heartland Value Plus Fund

   100 Million

All of such designated series of shares have the relative preferences, rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption as set forth in Section 7.2 of Heartland Group’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended.

The Board of Directors has taken this action pursuant to the powers conferred upon it under Section 7.1 of Heartland Group’s Articles of Incorporation and Sections 2-105(c), 2-208 and 2-310(a) of the Maryland General Corporation Law.

 

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

By:

    
 

Eric J. Miller, Chief Executive Officer

Attest:

By:

    
 

Paul T. Beste, Secretary

Dated: April      , 2006.

 

1


STATE OF WISCONSIN

  

)

  

) SS

COUNTY OF MILWAUKEE

  

)

On this      th day of April, 2006, before me, a Notary Public for the State and County set forth above, personally came Eric J. Miller, as Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Group, Inc., and Paul T. Beste, as Secretary of Heartland Group, Inc., and in their said capacities each acknowledged the foregoing Articles Supplementary to be the act and deed of said corporation and further acknowledged that, to the best of their knowledge, the matters and facts set forth therein are true in all material respects under the penalties of perjury.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed below in my own hand and attached my official seal on the day and year set forth above.

 

    
Notary Public
My Commission Expires                     

(SEAL)

 

2

EXHIBIT (e.2)

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of August 17, 2005 between Heartland Group, Inc. (“the Company”), and Heartland Investor Services LLC (“Distributor”).

WHEREAS, the Company is an open-end management investment company, organized as a Maryland corporation and registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); and

WHEREAS, it is intended that Distributor act as the distributor of the shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) of each series of the Company, as listed on Schedule A (all of the foregoing series individually referred to herein as a “Fund” and collectively as the “Funds”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Services as Distributor .

1.1 Distributor will act as agent of the Company on behalf of each Fund for the distribution of the Shares covered by the registration statement of the Company then in effect under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the 1940 Act. As used in this Agreement, the term “registration statement” shall mean the registration statement of the Company and any amendments thereto, then in effect, including Parts A (the Prospectus), B (the Statement of Additional Information) and C of each registration statement, as filed on Form N-IA, or any successor thereto, with the Commission, together with any amendments thereto. The term “Prospectus” shall mean the then-current form of Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information used by the Funds, in accordance with the rules of the Commission, for delivery to shareholders and prospective shareholders after the effective dates of the above-referenced registration statements, together with any amendments and supplements thereto. The Company will notify Distributor in advance of any proposed changes to Schedule A to this Agreement.

1.2 Consistent with the understanding between the Funds and the Distributor, Distributor may solicit orders for the sale of the Shares and may undertake such advertising and promotion as it believes reasonable in connection with such solicitation. The Company understands that Distributor is now and may in the future be the distributor of the shares of many other investment companies or series, including investment companies having investment objectives similar to those of the Company. The Company further understands that shareholders and potential shareholders in the Company may invest in shares of such other investment companies. The Company agrees that Distributor’s duties to other investment companies shall not be deemed in conflict with its duties to the Company under this Section 1.2.

1.3 Consistent with the understanding between the Funds and the Distributor, and subject to the last sentence of this Section 1.3, Distributor may engage in such activities as it deems appropriate in connection with the promotion and sale of the Shares, which may include advertising, compensation of underwriters, dealers and sales personnel, the printing and mailing

 

1


of Prospectuses to prospective shareholders other than current shareholders, and the printing and mailing of sales literature. Distributor may enter into dealer agreements and other selling agreements with broker-dealers and other intermediaries; provided, however, that each such agreement will conform in all material respects to a form of agreement that has been approved by the Company. The Distributor shall have no obligation to make any payments to any third parties, whether as finder’s fees, compensation or otherwise, unless (i) Distributor has received a corresponding payment from the applicable Fund’s Distribution Plan (as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement), the Fund’s investment adviser (the “Adviser”) or from another source as may be permitted by applicable law, and (ii) such corresponding payment has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. Distributor will conduct due diligence reviews and analysis on third party broker-dealers, record keepers and other third party service providers for the Funds.

1.4 In its capacity as distributor of the Shares, all activities of the Distributor and its partners, agents, and employees shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act, all applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, and all applicable rules and regulations adopted by any securities association registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

1.5 Whenever in their judgment such action is warranted by unusual market, economic or political conditions or by abnormal circumstances of any kind, the Company’s officers may upon reasonable notice instruct the Distributor to decline to accept any orders for or make any sales of the Shares until such time as those officers deem it advisable to accept such orders and to make such sales.

1.6 The Company agrees to inform the Distributor from time to time of the states in which the Fund or its administrator has registered or otherwise qualified shares for sale, and the Company agrees at its own expense to execute any and all documents and to furnish any and all information and otherwise to take all actions that may be reasonably necessary in connection with the qualification of the Shares for sale in such states as the Distributor may designate.

1.7 The Company shall furnish from time to time, for use in connection with the sale of the Shares, such supplemental information with respect to the Funds and the Shares as Distributor may reasonably request; and the Company warrants that the statements contained in any such supplemental information will fairly show or represent what they purport to show or represent. The Company shall also furnish Distributor upon request with: (a) unaudited semi-annual statements of the Funds’ books and accounts prepared by the Company and (b) from time to time such additional information regarding the financial condition of the Funds as the Distributor may reasonably request.

1.8 The Company represents and warrants to Distributor that all registration statements, and each Prospectus, filed by the Company with the Commission under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act shall be prepared in conformity with requirements of said Acts and rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. The registration statement and Prospectus shall contain all statements required to be stated therein in conformity with said Acts and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and all statements of fact contained in any such registration statement and Prospectus are true and correct in all material respects. Furthermore, neither any registration statement nor any Prospectus includes an

 

2


untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of the Shares. The foregoing representations and warranties shall continue throughout the term of this Agreement and be deemed to be of a continuing nature, applicable to all Shares distributed hereunder. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, propose from time to time such amendment or amendments to any registration statement and such supplement or supplements to any Prospectus as, in the light of future developments, may, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, be necessary or advisable. If the Company shall not propose any amendment or amendments and/or supplement or supplements within 15 days after receipt by the Company of a written request from Distributor to do so, Distributor may, at its option, terminate this Agreement. In such case, the Distributor will be held harmless from, and indemnified by the Company for, any liability or loss resulting from the failure to implement such amendment. The Company shall not file any amendment to any registration statement or supplement to any Prospectus, if such amendment or supplement relates to the distribution of the Shares or the Distributor’s obligations under this Agreement, without giving Distributor reasonable notice thereof in advance; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any way limit the Company’s right to file at any time such amendments to any registration statement and/or supplements to any Prospectus, of whatever character, as the Company may deem advisable, such right being in all respects absolute and unconditional.

1.9 The Company authorizes the Distributor and dealers to use any Prospectus in the form furnished by the Company from time to time in connection with the sale of the Shares.

1.10 The Distributor may utilize agents in its performance of its services and, with prior notice to the Company, appoint in writing other parties qualified to perform specific administration services reasonably acceptable to the Company (individually, a “Sub-Agent”) to carry out some or all of its responsibilities under this Agreement; provided, however, that a Sub-Agent shall be the agent of the Distributor and not the agent of the Company, and that the Distributor shall be fully responsible for the acts of such Sub-Agent and shall not be relieved of any of its responsibilities hereunder by the appointment of a Sub-Agent.

1.11 The Distributor shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Company in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the Distributor’s part in the performance of its duties, from reckless disregard by the Distributor of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, or from the Distributor’s failure to comply with laws, rules and regulations applicable to it in connection with its activities hereunder. The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Distributor, its officers, partners, employees, and any person who controls the Distributor within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (collectively, “Distributor Indemnitees”), from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the reasonable cost of investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) (collectively, “Claims”) which the Distributor Indemnitees may incur under the Securities Act or under common law or otherwise (a) as the result of the Distributor acting as distributor of the Funds and entering into selling agreements, participation agreements, shareholder servicing agreements or similar agreements with financial intermediaries on behalf of the Company; (b) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement, or alleged untrue

 

3


statement, of a material fact contained in any registration statement or any Prospectus, (ii) any omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in any registration statement or any Prospectus or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any untrue statement, or alleged untrue statement, of a material fact in any Company-related advertisement or sales literature, or any omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated therein to make the statements therein not misleading, in either case notwithstanding the exercise of reasonable care in the preparation or review thereof by the Distributor; or (c) arising out of or based upon the electronic processing of orders over the internet at the Company’s request; provided, however, that the Company’s agreement to indemnify the Distributor Indemnitees pursuant to this Section 1.11 shall not be construed to cover any Claims (A) pursuant to subsection (b) above to the extent such untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission, or alleged omission, was furnished in writing, or omitted from the relevant writing furnished, as the case may be, to the Company by the Distributor for use in the registration statement or in corresponding statements made in the Prospectus, advertisement or sales literature; (B) arising out of or based upon the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of the Distributor in the performance of its duties or the Distributor’s reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement; or (C) arising out of or based upon the Distributor’s failure to comply with laws, rules and regulations applicable to it in connection with its activities hereunder.

In the event of a Claim for which the Distributor Indemnitees may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, the Distributor shall provide the Company with written notice of the Claim, identifying the persons against whom such Claim is brought, promptly following receipt of service of the summons or other first legal process, and in any event within 10 days of such receipt. The Company will be entitled to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such Claim if such defense shall be conducted by counsel of good standing chosen by the Company and approved by the Distributor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event any such suit is not based solely on an alleged untrue statement, omission, or wrongful act on the Company’s part, the Distributor shall have the right to participate in the defense. In the event the Company elects to assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing so approved by the Distributor, the Distributor Indemnitees in such suit shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them, but in any case where the Company does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit or in case the Distributor reasonably withholds approval of counsel chosen by the Company, the Company will reimburse the Distributor Indemnitees named as defendants in such suit. for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them to the extent related to a Claim covered under this Section 1.11. The Company’s indemnification agreement contained in this Section 1.11 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Distributor Indemnitees, and shall survive the delivery of any Shares.

1.12 The Distributor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors, employees, and any person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (collectively, “Company Indemnitees”), from and against any and all Claims which the Company Indemnitees may incur under the Securities Act or under common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon (a) any untrue statement, or alleged untrue statement, of a material fact contained in any registration statement, Prospectus, or Company-related advertisement or sales literature, or upon any omission, or alleged omission, to

 

4


state a material fact in such materials that would be necessary to make the information therein not misleading, which untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission, or alleged omission, was furnished in writing, or omitted from the relevant writing furnished, as the case may be, to the Company by the Distributor for use in the registration statement or in corresponding statements made in the Prospectus, or advertisement or sales literature; (b) the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of the Distributor in the performance of its duties, or the Distributor’s reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, or (c) the Distributor’s failure to comply with laws, rules and regulations applicable to it in connection with its activities hereunder (other than in respect of Company-related advertisements or sales literature that fails to comply with applicable laws notwithstanding the exercise of reasonable care in the preparation and review thereof by the Distributor).

In the event of a Claim for which the Company Indemnitees may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, the Company shall provide the Distributor with written notice of the Claim, identifying the persons against whom such Claim is brought, promptly following receipt of service of the summons or other first legal process, and in any event within ten (10) days of such receipt. The Distributor will be entitled to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such Claim if such defense shall be conducted by counsel of good standing chosen by the Distributor and approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event any such suit is not based solely on an alleged untrue statement, omission, or wrongful act on the Distributor’s part, the Company shall have the right to participate in the defense. In the event the Distributor elects to assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing so approved by the Company, the Company Indemnitees in such suit shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them, but in any case where the Distributor does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit or in case the Company reasonably withholds approval of counsel chosen by the Distributor, the Distributor will reimburse the Company Indemnitees named as defendants in such suit, for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them to the extent related to a Claim covered under this Section 1.12. The Distributor’s indemnification agreement contained in this Section 1.12 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company Indemnitees, and shall survive the delivery of any Shares.

1.13 No Shares shall be offered by either the Distributor or the Company under any of the provisions of this Agreement and no orders for the purchase or sale of Shares hereunder shall be accepted by the Company if and so long as the effectiveness of the registration statement then in effect or any necessary amendments thereto shall be suspended under any of the provisions of the Securities Act or if and so long as a current Prospectus as required by Section 10(b)(2) of said Securities Act is not on file with the Commission; provided, however, that: (a) the Distributor will not be obligated to cease offering shares until it has received from the Company written notice of such events, and (b) nothing contained in this Section 1.13 shall in any way restrict or have an application to or bearing upon the Company’s obligation to repurchase Shares from any shareholder in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Prospectus, Certificate of Incorporation, or Bylaws.

 

5


1.14 The Company agrees to advise the Distributor as soon as reasonably practical by a notice in writing delivered to the Distributor:

(a) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the registration statement or Prospectus then in effect or for additional information;

(b) in the event of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or Prospectus then in effect or the initiation by service of process on the Company of any proceeding for that purpose;

(c) of the happening of any event that makes untrue any statement of a material fact made in the registration statement or Prospectus then in effect or which requires the making of a change in such registration statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

(d) of any action of the Commission with respect to any amendment to any registration statement or Prospectus which may from time to time be filed with the Commission, which could reasonably be expected to have a material negative impact upon the offering of Shares.

For purposes of this section, informal requests by or acts of the Staff of the Commission shall not be deemed actions of or requests by the Commission unless they would reasonably be expected to have a material negative impact upon the offering of Shares.

 

2. Fees .

2.1 Attached as Schedule B to this Agreement are all plans of distribution under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act approved by the Funds and in effect (collectively, the “Distribution Plan”). The Funds will deliver to Distributor promptly after any changes thereto updated copies of the Distribution Plan. For its services under this Agreement, the Distributor shall be compensated and reimbursed for its expenses as set forth on Schedules C and D to this Agreement. If the Funds have a Distribution Plan that permits and authorizes them to compensate and reimburse the Distributor and required board approvals have been given, then the Funds shall be responsible for all such compensation and reimbursements or such portions of it as have been permitted and authorized under the Distribution Plan. If amounts paid to the Distributor pursuant to the Distribution Plan are not sufficient to compensate and reimburse Distributor in accordance with this Agreement, the parties will agree on an appropriate alternative method of compensating and reimbursing the Distributor.

2.2 If: (i) the Distributor properly receives fees from the Funds under the Distribution Plan, other than for services rendered or expenses incurred, that the Distributor is not obligated to pay to third party broker-dealers, plan administrators or others (“Retained Fees”), and (ii) the Funds have authority under the Distribution Plan to pay for some or all of the Distributor’s services under this Agreement (“Permitted Services”), then all of the Retained Fees will either be (a) returned to the Funds and/or (b) credited against the compensation payable by the Funds to the Distributor for Permitted Services.

2.3 The Company is aware of that certain Distribution and Service Support Agreement dated as of July 30, 2002 between the Distributor and the Adviser, pursuant to which, among other things, the Distributor may compensate and reimburse the Adviser for certain distribution and marketing services from time to time.

 

6


3. Sale and Payment .

3.1 Shares of a Fund may be subject to a sales load and may be subject to the imposition of a distribution fee pursuant to the Distribution Plan referred to above. To the extent that Shares of a Fund are sold at an offering price which includes a sales load or subject to a contingent deferred sales load with respect to certain redemptions (either within a single class of Shares or pursuant to two or more classes of Shares), such Shares shall hereinafter be referred to collectively as “Load Shares” (and in the case of Shares that are sold with a front-end sales load, “Front-end Load Shares”, or Shares that are sold subject to a contingent deferred sales load, “CDSL Shares”). Funds that issue Front-End Load Shares shall hereinafter be referred to collectively as “Front-End Load Funds.” Funds that issue CDSL Shares shall hereinafter be referred to collectively as “CDSL Funds.” Front-end Load Funds and CDSL Funds may individually or collectively be referred as “Load Funds.” Under this Agreement, the following provisions shall apply with respect to the sale of, and payment for, Load Shares.

3.2 The Distributor shall have the right to offer Load Shares at their net asset value and to sell such Load Shares to the public against orders therefor at the applicable public offering price, as defined in Section 4 hereof. The Distributor shall also have the right to sell Load Shares to dealers against orders therefor at the public offering price less a concession determined by the Distributor, which concession shall not exceed the amount of the sales charge or underwriting discount, if any, referred to in Section 4 below.

3.3 Prior to the time of delivery of any Load Shares by a Load Fund to, or on the order of, the Distributor, the Distributor shall pay or cause to be paid to the Load Fund or to its order an amount in New York cleared funds equal to the applicable net asset value of such Shares. The Distributor may retain so much of any sales charge or underwriting discount as is not allowed by the Distributor as a concession to dealers.

3.4 With respect to CDSL Funds, the following provisions shall be applicable:

(a) The Distributor shall be entitled to receive all contingent deferred sales load charges, 12b-1 payments and all distribution and service fees set forth in the Distribution Plan adopted by a CDSL Fund (collectively, the “CDSL Payments”) with respect to CDSL Shares. The Distributor may assign or sell to a third party (a “CDSL Financing Entity”) all or a part of the CDSL Payments on CDSL Shares that the Distributor is entitled to receive under this Agreement. The Distributor’s right to the CDSL Payments on such CDSL Shares, if assigned or sold to a CDSL Financing Entity, shall continue after termination of this Agreement.

(b) The Distributor may assign or sell to a CDSL Financing Entity all or part of the CDSL Payments the Distributor is entitled to receive. The Distributor’s right to payment of CDSL Payments, if assigned or sold to a CDSL Financing Entity, shall continue after termination of this Agreement. Otherwise, (unless the Distributor is legally entitled to receive such fees as the financing entity) the right to receive all CDSL Payments in respect of periods subsequent to the termination of this Agreement shall terminate upon termination of this Agreement. In the event Distributor assigns or sells all or a part of the CDSL Payments to a CDSL Financing Entity and this Agreement is subsequently terminated, Distributor shall have no obligation to assist the

 

7


CDSL Financing Entity in connection with such CDSL Financing Entity’s right to receive such CDSL Payments subsequent to such termination.

(c) The Distributor shall not be required to offer or sell CDSL Shares of a CDSL Fund unless and until it has received a binding commitment from a CDSL Financing Entity (a “Commitment”) satisfactory to the Distributor which Commitment shall cover all expenses and fees related to the offer and sale of such CDSL Shares including, but not limited to, dealer reallowances, financing commitment fees, and legal fees. If at any time during the term of this Agreement the then-current CDSL financing is terminated through no fault of the Distributor, the Distributor shall have the right to immediately cease offering or selling CDSL Shares until substitute financing becomes effective.

(d) The Distributor and the Company hereby agree that the terms and conditions set forth herein regarding the offer and sale of CDSL Shares may be amended upon approval of both parties in order to comply with the terms and conditions of any agreement with a CDSL Financing Entity to finance the costs for the offer and sale of CDSL Shares so long as such terms and conditions are in compliance with the Distribution Plan.

 

4. Public Offering Price .

The public offering price of a Load Share shall be the net asset value of such Load Share next determined, plus any applicable sales charge, all as set forth in the current Prospectus of the Load Fund. The net asset value of Load Shares shall be determined in accordance with the then-current Prospectus of the Load Fund.

 

5. Issuance of Shares .

The Company reserves the right to issue, transfer or sell Load Shares at net asset values (a) in connection with the merger or consolidation of the Company or the Load Fund(s) with any other investment company or the acquisition by the Company or the Load Fund(s) of all or substantially all of the assets or of the outstanding Shares of any other investment company; (b) in connection with a pro rata distribution directly to the holders of Shares in the nature of a stock dividend or split; (c) upon the exercise of subscription rights granted to the holders of Shares on a pro rata basis; (d) in connection with the issuance of Load Shares pursuant to any exchange and reinvestment privileges described in any then-current Prospectus of the Load Fund; and (e) otherwise in accordance with any then-current Prospectus of the Load Fund.

 

6. Term, Duration and Termination .

This Agreement shall become effective with respect to each Fund as of the date first written above (the “Effective Date”) (or, if a particular Fund is not in existence on such date, on the earlier of the date an amendment to Schedule A to this Agreement relating to that Fund is executed or the Distributor begins providing services under this Agreement with respect to such Fund) and, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, shall continue for a two year period following the Effective Date. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue with respect to a particular Fund automatically for successive one-year terms, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the vote of a majority of those members of the Company’s Board of Directors who are not parties to this Agreement or

 

8


interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting for the purpose of voting on such approval and (b) by the vote of the Company’s Board of Directors or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund. This Agreement is terminable without penalty with 60 days’ prior written notice, by the Company’s Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, or by the Distributor. This Agreement will also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested persons” and “assignment” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to such terms in the 1940 Act.)

 

7. Privacy .

Nonpublic personal financial information relating to consumers or customers of the Funds provided by, or at the direction of, the Company to the Distributor, or collected or retained by the Distributor to perform its duties as distributor, shall be considered confidential information. The Distributor shall not disclose or otherwise use any nonpublic personal financial information relating to present or former shareholders of the Funds other than for the purposes for which that information was disclosed to the Distributor, including use under an exception in Rules 13, 14 or 15 of Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-P in the ordinary course of business to carry out those purposes. The Distributor shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, records and information relating to consumers and customers of the Funds. The Company represents to the Distributor that it has adopted a Statement of its privacy policies and practices as required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-P and agrees to provide the Distributor with a copy of that statement annually.

 

8. Anti-Money Laundering .

8.1 Each of Distributor and the Company acknowledges that it is a financial institution subject to the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the Bank Secrecy Act (collectively, the “AML Acts”), which require, among other things, that financial institutions adopt compliance programs to guard against money laundering. Each represents and warrants to the other that it is in compliance with and will continue to comply with the AML Acts and applicable regulations in all relevant respects. The Distributor shall also provide written notice to each person or entity with which it entered an agreement prior to the date hereof with respect to sale of the Company’s Shares, such notice informing such person of anti-money laundering compliance obligations applicable to financial institutions under applicable laws and, consequently, under applicable contractual provisions requiring compliance with laws.

8.2 The Distributor shall include specific contractual provisions regarding anti-money laundering compliance obligations in agreements entered into by the Distributor with any dealer that is authorized to effect transactions in Shares of the Company.

8.3 Each of Distributor and the Company agrees that it will take such further steps, and cooperate with the other as may be reasonably necessary, to facilitate compliance with the AML Acts, including but not limited to the provision of copies of its written procedures, policies and controls related thereto (“AML Operations”). Distributor undertakes that it

 

9


will grant to the Company, the Company’s anti-money laundering compliance officer and regulatory agencies, reasonable access to copies of Distributor’s AML Operations, books and records pertaining to the Company only. It is expressly understood and agreed that the Company and the Company’s compliance officer shall have no access to any of Distributor’s AML Operations, books or records pertaining to other clients of Distributor.

 

9. Notices .

Any notice provided hereunder shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the party required to be served with such notice at the following address: if to the Company, to it at 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, WI 53202, Attention: Compliance; and if to Distributor, to it at 100 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Attention: Broker Dealer Chief Compliance Officer, with a copy to BISYS Distribution Services, 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219, Attention: President, or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party pursuant to this Section.

 

10. Confidentiality .

During the term of this Agreement, the Distributor and the Company may have access to confidential information relating to such matters as either party’s business, trade secrets, systems, procedures, manuals, products, contracts, personnel, and clients. As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Distributor or the Company which is of value to such party and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to either party, including, without limitation, financial information, business practices and policies, know-how, trade secrets, market or sales information or plans, customer lists, business plans, and all provisions of this Agreement. Confidential Information includes information developed by either party in the course of engaging in the activities provided for in this Agreement, unless: (i) the information is or becomes publicly known without breach of this Agreement, (ii) the information is disclosed to the other party by a third party not under an obligation confidentiality to the party whose Confidential Information is at issue of which the party receiving the information should reasonably be aware, or (iii) the information is independently developed by a party without reference to the other’s Confidential Information. Each party will protect the other’s Confidential Information with at least the same degree of care it uses with respect to its own Confidential Information, and will not use the other party’s Confidential Information other than in connection with its duties and obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a party may disclose the other’s Confidential Information if (i) required by law, regulation or legal process or if requested by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Distributor or the Company; (ii) it is advised by counsel that it may incur liability for failure to make such disclosure; (iii) requested to by the other party; provided that in the event of (i) or (ii) the disclosing party shall give the other party reasonable prior notice of such disclosure to the extent reasonably practicably and cooperate with the other party (at such other party’s expense) in any efforts to prevent such disclosure.

 

11. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

 

10


12. Prior Agreements .

This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement of the parties as to the subject matter covered by this Agreement, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements bearing upon the subject matter covered by this Agreement.

 

13. Amendments .

No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and executed by both parties hereto.

 

14. Matters Relating to the Company as a Corporation .

It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Company hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the Directors, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of the Company personally, but shall bind only the property of the Company allocated to the relevant Fund(s) in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Directors of the Company, and this Agreement has been signed and delivered by an authorized officer of the Company, acting as such, and neither such authorization by the Directors nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the property of the Company allocated to the relevant Fund(s) in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Nothing contained herein shall bind any other assets of the Company or require the Company to take any action contrary to its Articles of Incorporation or to any applicable statute or regulation.

*        *        *        *        *         *

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first written above.

 

Heartland Group, Inc.
By:   /s/ Paul T. Beste
Name:   Paul T. Beste
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
Heartland Investor Service LLC
By:   /s/ William Tomko
Name:   William Tomko
Title:   President

 

12


SCHEDULE B

FUNDS

Heartland Select Value Fund

Heartland Value Plus Fund

Heartland Value Fund

 

13


SCHEDULE B

DISTRIBUTION PLAN

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

RULE 12b-1 PLAN AND AGREEMENT

(as of April 24, 2003)

Pursuant to the provisions of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”), the Rule 12b-1 Plan and Agreement (the “Plan”) of Heartland Group, Inc. (“HGI”), a Maryland corporation, adopted and most recently amended as of March 1, 1999, by a majority of the directors of HOT, including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” of HGI (as defined in the Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan (the “non-interested directors”), is hereby amended and restated as of the date set forth below. This Plan shall become effective with respect to each series or class (the “Fund”) identified in Schedule A attached hereto on the date on which the registration of each such series or class becomes effective for such Fund or such other date indicated therein.

Section 1. Fee .

1. Each Fund shall pay to Heartland Investor Services, LLC (the “Distributor”) a fee calculated and paid monthly at the annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of that Fund’s shares.

2. Such payment represents compensation for distributing and servicing the Fund’s shares. Covered servicing expenses include, but are not limited to, costs associated with relationship management, retirement plan enrollment meetings, investment and educational meetings, conferences and seminars, and the cost of collateral materials for such events. Covered distribution expenses include, but are not limited to, the printing of prospectuses and reports used for sales purposes, advertisements, expenses of preparation and printing of sales literature, expenses associated with electronic marketing and sales media and communications, and other sales or promotional expenses, including any compensation paid to any securities dealer, or other person who renders assistance in distributing or promoting the sale of the Fund’s shares, who has incurred any distribution expenses on behalf of the Fund pursuant to either a Dealer Agreement executed by such party and the Distributor or such other arrangement authorized by the Distributor and HGI, including a majority of the non-interested directors, hereunder. Such compensation to securities dealers or other persons shall not exceed 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of shares with respect to which they are the dealer or seller of record.

3. Each Fund may, at its discretion and with notice to the Distributor, make direct payments to third parties in respect of covered servicing expenses and covered distribution expenses, including shareholder service fees to intermediaries pursuant to services agreements between HGI and the intermediaries. In the event that a Fund makes such direct payments, the Fee that the Distributor shall receive from such Fund pursuant to Section 1(a) hereof shall be reduced accordingly.

 

14


Section 2 . No payments are to be made by HGI or any Fund to finance or promote sales of shares other than pursuant to this Plan.

Section 3 . The Distributor shall prepare written reports to HGI’s Board of Directors on a quarterly basis showing all amounts paid under this Plan and the purposes for which such payments were made, plus a summary of the expenses incurred by the Distributor hereunder, together with such other information as from time to time shall be reasonably requested by the Board of Directors of HOT.

Section 4 . For each Fund, the Plan shall remain in effect until April 30, 2004, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the vote of a majority of the directors of HGI, including a majority of the non-interested directors of HGI, cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

Section 5. So long as the Plan is in effect, nominees for election as non-interested directors of HGI shall be selected by the non-interested directors as required by Rule 12b1 under the Act.

Section 6 . The Plan may be terminated with respect to a Fund, without penalty, at any time by either a majority of the non-interested directors of HGI or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Fund, and shall terminate automatically in the event of any act that terminates the Distribution Agreement with the Distributor relating to that Fund. To the extent the Plan is terminated with respect to any Fund, such termination will not affect the Plan with regard to any other Fund unless specifically indicated.

Section 7 . As to any Fund, the Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount authorized by this Plan to be spent for services described hereunder without approval by a majority of that Fund’s outstanding voting securities, and all material amendments to the Plan shall be approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of HGI, including a majority of the non-interested directors of HGI, cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

 

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.     HEARTLAND INVESTOR SERVICES, LLC
By:   /s/ Paul T. Beste    

By:

  /s/ William Tomko
Name:   Paul T. Beste     Name:   William Tomko
Its:   Vice President and Secretary     Its:   President

 

15


SCHEDULE A TO

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

RULE 12b-1 PLAN AND AGREEMENT

(as of April 24, 2003)

Amended and Restated

Rule 12b-1 Plan and Agreement

Dated April 24, 2003

The series and, where applicable, classes of HG1 covered by this agreement are as follows:

 

Series

  

Effective Date

Heartland Value Fund    April 24, 2003
Heartland Value Plus Fund    April 24, 2003
Heartland Select Value Fund    April 24, 2003

 

16


SCHEDULE C

COMPENSATION OF THE DISTRIBUTOR

 

1. BASIC DISTRIBUTION SERVICES . For providing the distribution entity and related infrastructure and platform, including requisite registrations and qualifications, premises, personnel, compliance, ordinary fund board meeting preparation, maintenance of selling agreements, clearance of advertising and sales literature with regulators, filing appropriate documentation for advisory representatives to qualify as registered representatives of the Distributor (provided that the Adviser is solely responsible for its representatives’ meeting examination requirements) and their related registrations and fees, ordinary supervisory services, overhead, Financial Research Corporation’s Mutual Fund Views on the News and Monitor publications, and return on investment, the Distributor shall receive an annual fee of $280,000, billed monthly.

 

2. SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION SERVICES . For special distribution services, including those set forth on Schedule D to this Agreement, such as additional personnel, registrations, marketing services, printing and fulfillment, website services, proprietary distribution expertise for particular circumstances, and any other services in addition to the basic distribution services covered by Paragraph 1 above, the Distributor shall be reimbursed promptly upon invoicing its expenses for such services, including: (a) all costs to support additional personnel; (b) regulatory fees including NASD CRD costs associated with marketing materials; and (c) printing, postage and fulfillment costs, and (d) amounts payable under additional agreements to which Distributor is a party.

 

3. SPECIAL CONDUIT SITUATIONS . If the Distribution Plan, or any other Fund plans of distribution under Rule 12b-1 that contemplate up front and/or recurring commission and/or service payments to broker dealers, retirement plan administrators or others by the Distributor with respect to back-end loads, level loads, or otherwise, unless expressly agreed otherwise in writing between the parties, all such payments shall be made to the Distributor, which shall act as a conduit for making such payments to such broker-dealers, retirement plan administrators or others.

 

4. OTHER PAYMENTS BY THE DISTRIBUTOR . If the Distributor is required to make any payments to third parties in respect of distribution, which payments are contemplated by the parties to the distribution agreement or otherwise arise in the ordinary course of business, the Distributor shall be promptly reimbursed for such payments upon invoicing them.

 

5. FEE ADJUSTMENTS . The fixed fees and other fees expressed as stated dollar amounts in this Schedule C and in this Agreement are subject to annual increases, commencing on the two-year anniversary date of the date of this Agreement, in an amount equal to the percentage increase in consumer prices for services as measured by the United States Consumer Price Index entitled “All Services Less Rent of Shelter,” or a similar index should such index no longer be published, since such one-year anniversary or since the date of the last fee increase, as applicable.

 

17


SCHEDULE D

SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION SERVICES AND FEES

Services

1. Wholesaling Personnel Services

Wholesaling Personnel may be external wholesalers and/or internal wholesalers. Services include soliciting support of the Funds with selling broker dealers; participating in promotional meetings, presentations, conferences and other and forums; identifying high potential personnel of the Adviser and selling broker dealers; and assisting with mail solicitations and literature fulfillment.

2. Marketing and Related Services

Marketing Execution : services include identification and development of appropriate marketing and communications programs, projects and other initiatives; collaboration on initiating, researching, developing, and delivering appropriate sales and marketing materials; and management of marketing and advertising projects.

Performance Reporting : services include creation of templates for monthly fact sheets and quarterly fact sheets; populating templates with performance data obtained from third parties; and coordinating steps needed for final printing and distribution.

Creative Communication and Editorial Services : services include preparing drafts of textual commentary and management discussion and analysis for annual; and semiannual reports, including portfolio manager interviews; providing creative design and direction; and coordinating production, including typesetting (initial composition and changes to composition), charts and ancillary items.

Production Timing:

No timing guarantees can be made for completion of monthly and quarterly fact sheets where any of the information needed to produce the reports is generated by service providers other than the Distributor. However, a basic estimate of turnaround time may be given based upon when the unit receives all necessary data in good order. Under normal conditions, the Performance Reporting unit expects to make proofs ready for review (either printed or electronic PDF format) by the 4th business day after the final piece of data is received. If compliance review is necessary (e.g., when Morningstar ratings data is used) an additional 2 days may be required for review.

Printing turnaround (once the fact sheets are signed-off by the client) is usually approximately 4-5 calendar days with most jobs shipping by the 5th day.

If requested, final electronic PDF files may be generated and e-mailed on the day the job is signed-off on by the client. These PDFs may be distributed and printed as necessary until the final printed pieces arrive.

3. FRC Services

FRC’s program components include:

 

    Market Analytics Publications

 

    Advanced Research Publications

 

    Analyst Support

 

    SME Direct Access

The Company acknowledges that certain FRC publications may be provided only to parties that have entered into a written agreement or addendum that sets forth the terms of use of such publications and the associated feel The Company will notify the Distributor whether the Company or the Adviser or both will enter into such an agreement or addendum. The Company acknowledges that if only one of the Company or the Adviser enters into such agreement or addendum, the other party will be prohibited from receiving or using such publications.

Fees

1. Wholesaling Personnel Services Fees

For each individual constituting the Wholesaling Personnel employed by the Distributor pursuant to this Agreement, the Distributor shall receive annually an amount equal to the sum of:

(i) all compensation paid annually by the Distributor to the employee; plus

(ii) a management oversight fee equal to:

(a) if one to four Wholesaling Personnel are employed, 30% of the salary compensation and 5% of the bonus or commission compensation, or

(b) if five or more Wholesaling Personnel are employed, 25% of the salary compensation and 5% of the bonus or commission compensation; Plus

(iii) 18% of the total compensation (covering costs of the Distributor’s employee benefits that are provided by the Distributor).

In addition, the Distributor shall be reimbursed for all related costs to support, educate and train and maintain compliance oversight of Wholesaling Personnel and other personnel such as sales management, marketing and performance reporting personnel (including time and expenses, continuing education, seminars, rent, supplies, phone, computers, firm element, license, registration).

Upon any termination of Wholesaling Personnel at the request of the Funds or upon termination of this Agreement by the Funds for any reason other than cause, the Distributor will be reimbursed its severance costs with respect to such terminated Wholesaling Personnel.

2. Marketing and Related Services Fees

Marketing Execution : Quote available upon request.

Performance Reporting

Monthly Reports

Monthly Updating and Typesetting — $850 - $1,000 per sheet per month (for an All-in-One style report)

Initial Design and Setup (1-time charge) — $500 per sheet

Quarterly Reports

Quarterly Updating and Typesetting — $300 - $350 per Fund sheet per Share Class per quarter

Initial Design and Setup per Fund sheet (1-time charge) — $500 per Fund sheet

Annual & Semi-Annual Reports

Coordination:

 

    $3,000 Initial Fee (includes Chairman’s Letter and 1st Fund)

 

    $500 for each additional Fund

NOTE: The above charges do not include the typesetting, printing, shipping, fulfillment, Edgar filing or quick-turnaround charges that may be incurred from the financial printer. The above fees are for coordinating the project only.

Creative Communication and Editorial Services : Quote available upon request.

3. FRC Services Fees

Market Analytics Publications: Quote available upon request.

Advanced Research Publications:

 

    Topic Briefs

 

    FRC Focus (typical cost is approximately $1,500)

 

    White Papers - FRC Vision (typical cost is approximately $2,500)

 

    Research Studies (costs vary, however typically range between $3,500 and $12,500)

Analyst Support : Quote available upon request.

SME Direct Access : Quote available upon request.

Other FRC Fees :

 

    Client participation in funding FRC Franchise Level program: $12,500

 

    All subsequent content and support hours may be purchased at a 20% discount from standard pricing.

 

18


Expenses Applicable to Special Distribution Services

Except as expressly set forth above, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Distributor in the performance of its services under this Agreement are not included in the above fees. Such out-of-pocket expenses may include, without limitation:

 

    reasonable travel and entertainment costs;

 

    expenses incurred by the Distributor in qualifying, registering and maintaining the registration of the Distributor and each individual comprising Wholesaling Personnel as a registered representative of the Distributor under applicable federal and state laws and rules of the NASD, e.g., CRD fees and state fees;

 

    Sponsorships, Promotions, Sales Incentives;

 

    any and all compensation to be paid to a third party as paying agent for distribution activities (platform fees, finders fees, sub-TA fees, 12b-1 pass thru, commissions, etc.);

 

    costs and expenses incurred for telephone service, photocopying and office supplies;

 

    advertising costs;

 

    costs for printing, paper stock and costs of other materials, electronic transmission, courier, talent utilized in sales materials (e.g. models), design output, photostats, photography, and illustrations;

 

    packaging, shipping, postage, and photocopies; and

 

    taxes that are paid or payable by the Distributor or its affiliates in connection with its services hereunder, other than taxes customarily and actually imposed upon the income that the Distributor receives hereunder.

 

19

EXHIBIT (e.6)

TERMINATION AGREEMENT

This Termination Agreement (the “Termination Agreement”) is effective as of August 17, 2005 and terminates that certain agreement regarding the provision of marketing and sales support services (the “Marketing and Sales Support Agreement”) dated as of January 1, 2002 between Heartland Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser”) and Heartland Investor Services LLC (the “Distributor/Selling Agent”).

WHEREAS, the parties desire to restructure their relationship by setting forth certain of the provisions of the Marketing and Sales Support Agreement in other agreements between the parties and /or their affiliates;

WHEREAS, the parties accordingly have decided to terminate the Marketing and Sales Support Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1. Termination . As of the date of this Termination Agreement, the Marketing and Sales Support Agreement is terminated and of no further force or effect; provided, however, that: (a) any claim or cause of action that arose under the Marketing and Sales Support Agreement with respect to the Funds will be governed by the applicable provisions of the Distribution Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and the Distributor/Selling Agent, and (b) any claim or cause of action that arose under the Marketing and Sales Support Agreement with respect to Turn of the Tide will be governed by the applicable provisions the Selling Agreement among Turn of the Tide, Heartland Value Manager LLC, the Adviser and the Distributor/Selling Agent.

2. Miscellaneous .

(a) The provisions set forth in this Termination Agreement supersede, as of the date hereof, all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements bearing upon the subject matter covered herein.

(b) Paragraph headings in this Termination Agreement are included for convenience only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Termination Agreement.

(c) This Termination Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

*     *     *     *     *

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed effective as of the day and year first written above.

 

Heartland Advisors, Inc.
By:   /s/ Paul T. Beste
Name:   Paul T. Beste
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
Heartland Investor Services LLC
By:   /s/ William Tomko
Name:   William Tomko
Title:   President

 

2

EXHIBIT (h.6)

AMENDMENT TO

TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

AND

BLUE SKY SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Amendment, dated as of September 1, 2005 (the “Amendment”), amends the Fund Accounting Agreement dated as of June 30, 2000 (as amended to date, the “Fund Accounting Agreement”), the Transfer Agency Agreement dated as of October 22, 2001 (as amended to date, the “TA Agreement”), and the Blue Sky Services Agreement dated as of October 22, 2001 (as amended to date, the “Blue Sky Agreement,” and together with the Fund Accounting Agreement and the TA Agreement, the “Agreements”), each between Heartland Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc., an Ohio corporation (“BISYS”).

WHEREAS, Pursuant to the Agreements, BISYS performs certain services for the Funds;

WHEREAS, the parties wish to extend the term of the Agreements;

WHEREAS, the parties wish to add to the TA Agreement certain compliance services to be provided by BISYS;

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend certain of the fees payable to BISYS pursuant to the Agreements;

WHEREAS, the parties wish to make certain other changes to the Agreements, as set forth below.

NOW THEREFORE, BISYS and the Company, in exchange for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, agree as follows:

1. Extension of Terms.

The Initial Term of the TA Agreement, the Initial Term of the Blue Sky Agreement, and the current Rollover Period of the Fund Accounting Agreement are each hereby extended through August 30, 2007.

 

1


2. Compliance Services .

The following terms governing BISYS’ provision of compliance services are hereby added to the TA Agreement:

 

  (a) Services .

(i) The parties mutually agree to coordinate and cooperate in connection with the creation and implementation of written compliance polices and procedures (collectively, the “Fund Compliance Program”) which, in the aggregate, shall be deemed by the Directors to be reasonably designed to prevent the Company from violating the provisions of Applicable Securities Laws, as required under Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act.

(ii) BISYS will provide the following services in relation to the Fund Compliance Program as part of BISYS’ Service Provider Compliance Program: (A) provide support services to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Company, including support for conducting an annual review of the Fund Compliance Program; (B) assist in developing standards for reports to the Directors by BISYS; (C) assist in preparing or providing documentation for the Directors to make findings and conduct reviews pertaining to the Fund Compliance Program and compliance programs and related policies and procedures of BISYS; and (D) provide to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Company reasonable access, during BISYS’ normal business hours, to BISYS’ books and records, its premises and appropriate personnel that relate to services that BISYS provides to the Company pursuant to the Agreements.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Amendment to the contrary, all obligations of BISYS in this Amendment shall automatically terminate upon any termination of the TA Agreement.

 

  (b) Expenses . The Company agrees to reimburse BISYS for all of its actual out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred in providing compliance services under this Amendment, including but not limited to the costs incurred by BISYS in connection with the Fund Compliance Program, including those incurred in providing reports to the Chief Compliance Officer under the Fund Compliance Program and costs in providing reports to, and attending meetings of, the Directors; provided, however, that BISYS will not bill the Company for any such out-of-pocket expenses related to the Fund Compliance Program in excess of $5,000 per year without the Company’s prior consent.

 

  (c) Information to be Furnished by the Company .

(i) The Company has furnished or shall promptly furnish to BISYS copies of the Fund Compliance Program or the various policies and procedures of the Company that have been adopted through the date hereof which pertain to compliance matters that are required to be performed by BISYS as part of the Fund Compliance Program, as amended and current as of the date of this Amendment.

(ii) The Company shall furnish BISYS written copies of any amendments to, or changes in, the items referred to in Section (c)(i) above, promptly after such amendments or changes become effective. In addition, the Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Fund Compliance Program which might have the effect of changing the procedures employed by BISYS in providing the services agreed to hereunder or which amendment might

 

2


affect the duties of BISYS hereunder unless the Company first obtains BISYS’ written approval of such amendments or changes, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably.

(iii) BISYS may rely on all documents furnished to it by the Company and its agents in connection with the services to be provided under this Amendment, including any amendments to or changes in any of the items to be provided by the Company pursuant to Section (c)(i) above, and shall be entitled to indemnification in accordance with the TA Agreement with regard to such reliance.

3. Revised Fees and Out-of-Pocket Expenses . Certain of the fees and out-of-pocket expenses payable pursuant to the TA Agreement and the Fund Accounting Agreement are amended as set forth on Schedule 1 to this Amendment. Additional fees payable under the Fund Accounting Agreement are added as set forth on Schedule 1 to this Amendment.

4. Form N-Q Services . Pursuant to the Fund Accounting Agreement, BISYS will file on behalf of the Funds holdings reports on From N-Q as required at the end of the first and third fiscal quarters of each year. In consideration of such services BISYS will receive the fees set forth on Schedule 1 to this Amendment.

5. Sub-Certifications . To assist the Company in connection with its obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Rule 30a-2 under the 1940 Act, and related rules and regulations (collectively, “Sarbanes-Oxley”), BISYS will establish and maintain internal controls and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that information recorded, processed, summarized and/or reported by BISYS on behalf of the Company and included in regulatory filings required to be certified pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley is (1) recorded, processed, summarized, and reported by BISYS within the time periods specified in Commission rules and forms, and (2) communicated to the relevant officers of the Company who are required to certify to any such regulatory filings (“Certifying Officers”) under Sarbanes-Oxley within a timeframe mutually agreed upon by the parties.

Upon the request of a Certifying Officer, BISYS will (1) provide a sub-certification with respect to BISYS’ services provided during the relevant fiscal period or (2) inform the Certifying Officer of any reason why the required certification by the Certifying Officer would be inaccurate. In rendering any such sub-certification, BISYS may limit its representations to information prepared, processed and reported by BISYS on behalf of the Company.

6. Service Standards . BISYS agrees to perform the services set forth in the Agreements in accordance with the service standards set forth in Schedule 2 to this Amendment.

7. Miscellaneous .

(a) Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Agreements.

 

3


(b) This Amendment supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements with respect to the subject matter covered in this Amendment, whether written or oral.

(c) Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, the Agreements remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

(d) This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

*     *     *

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, a duly authorized officer of each party has signed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Fred Naddatt

Name:

 

Fred Naddatt

Title:

 

President

Heartland Group, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Paul T. Beste

Name:

 

Paul T. Beste

Title:

 

Vice President and Secretary

 

5


SCHEDULE 1

 

1. Fund Accounting Agreement

(a) Asset-Based Fees . The Annual Asset-Based Fees set forth in the Fund Accounting Agreement are deleted and replaced with the following:

0.025% of the Company’s average daily net assets up to $3 billion; and 0.015% of the Company’s average daily net assets in excess of $3 billion.

(b) Form N-Q Fees . In consideration of BISYS’ provision of Form N-Q services, the Funds will pay BISYS a fee of $2,000 per filing per Fund.

(c) Out-of-Pocket Expenses . The following expenses payable by the Funds are allocated as follows:

An allocated monthly charge per month per Fund will cover: Fund Accounting SAS 70 report; electronic transmissions such as FundStation and FundSmith; tax databases that assist in identifying PFIC’s and QM; telecommunications equipment and outbound phone costs; custom Spectra reports; Moody’s rating access; NASDAQ/MFQS; Charles River File; and fx rate File.

BISYS will review such allocations twice per year and upon the occurrence of a material event that is reasonably likely to affect such allocations. Based upon such reviews, BISYS will make any appropriate adjustments to such allocations; provided, however, that such allocated monthly charge will not exceed $2,250 per Fund per year unless mutually agreed by the parties. All other out-of-pocket expenses payable by the Funds are unaffected by such allocations and will continue to be paid by the Funds in accordance with the Agreement.

The addition of any out-of-pocket expenses that are not charged to the Funds as of September 1, 2005 will be subject to approval by the Company.

 

2. TA Agreement

(a) Per-Account Fees. The Annual Per-Account Fees set forth in the TA Agreement are deleted and replaced with the following:

Non-networked accounts:

$22.50 for non-networked accounts* 1 through 70,000 ;

plus $20.00 for non-networked accounts* 70,001 and above

 

6


$16.00 for networked accounts**

$5.00 for closed accounts***

Plus

Annual per IRA account fees $15.000****

 

* A non-networked account is an account with no network level or a network level other than level 1 or level 3.

 

** A networked account is an account that is network level 1 or network level 3.

 

*** Closed account fee applies to all accounts whether networked or non-networked.

 

*** IRA account fees are calculated based on social security or tax identification number (e.g., the annual fee with respect to three accounts under one social security number would total $15, not $45).

(b) System Development Fees. Section 3(B)(b) of the TA Agreement is amended by replacing the fee of “$150 per hour” set forth therein with the following fee:

“$150 per hour, subject to increase based on increases in fees charged by third parties that provide system development services to BISYS and its clients.”

All fees payable pursuant to the Agreements that are not expressly referenced on this Schedule 1 remain unchanged, including without limitation blue sky fees, annual minimum complex fees, additional class fees, fee waiver, and annual per IRA account fees.

 

7


SCHEDULE 2

Pursuant to Section 5 of this Amendment, BISYS agrees to perform the services described in the Agreements and this Amendment in accordance with the service standards set forth in this Schedule 2. The parties agree that such service standards may be revised, from time to time, by mutual agreement. These service standards replace the service standards set forth in the Agreements.

In the event that BISYS fails to meet a service standard in any particular month, BISYS agrees to take appropriate corrective measures during the following month in order to be in compliance with such standard at the end of such following month. In the event that BISYS fails to meet the same service standard in three months (the third of such three months being referred to as the “Trigger Month”) in any six month period, the fees payable to BISYS for the month following the Trigger Month shall be reduced as set forth in the table below. Measurement and reporting of the service standards will occur at the BISYS service team level, which will include clients other than the Company.

 

Item

  

Standard

  

Fee Reduction

Delivery of Financial Services Batch Files (5 files: Fund, Price, Position, Security and Tax Lot)    100% of files posted to the BISYS FTP site 5:45 p.m. Central Standard Time each business day    $500 if any one or more of the files is not posted by the deadline.
Financial Transactions (purchases, liquidations and exchanges)    98% accuracy   

1% of monthly Transfer

Agency Service Fees

Account Maintenance    98% accuracy   

1% of monthly Transfer

Agency Service Fees

New Account Set-Up    95% accuracy   

1% of monthly Transfer

Agency Service Fees

Account Statements    100% mailed within 5 business days   

1% of monthly Transfer

Agency Service Fees

Daily Confirms    100% mailed within 3 business days   

1% of monthly Transfer

Agency Service Fees

Correspondence/Non-Financial Maintenance Items    100% mailed within 5 business days   

1% of monthly Transfer

Agency Service Fees

Transfer Agency Telephone Calls      

•      Abandonment Rate

   2% or less   

1% of monthly Transfer

Agency Service Fees

•      Service Level

   85% of calls answered in 20 seconds or less   

1% of monthly Transfer

Agency Service Fees

 

8

EXHIBIT (h.7)

AMENDMENT TO

FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

This Amendment, dated as of November 29, 2005 (the “Amendment”), amends the Fund Accounting Agreement dated as of June 30, 2000 (as amended to date, the “Agreement”) between Heartland Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc., an Ohio corporation (“BISYS”).

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that BISYS make available to the Company a BISYS employee to serve as Treasurer of the Company on a temporary basis;

WHEREAS, BISYS has agreed to make such an employee available on the terms and conditions set forth below;

NOW THEREFORE, BISYS and the Company, in exchange for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, agree as follows:

1. Treasurer Services .

The following new Section 6 is added to Schedule A to the Agreement:

“6. Treasurer Services .

1. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, BISYS shall make a BISYS employee available to the Company to serve, upon designation as such by the Board, as Treasurer (such person, the “Treasurer”) on a temporary basis. BISYS’ obligation in this regard shall be met by providing an appropriately qualified employee of BISYS (or its affiliates) who, in the exercise of his or her duties to the Company, shall act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company. BISYS shall select, and may replace, the specific employee that it makes available to serve as Treasurer, in BISYS’ reasonable discretion, taking into account such person’s responsibilities concerning, and familiarity with, the Company’s operations (but the designation of any such person as Treasurer shall be subject to the approval of the Company).

2. The Company will use all commercially reasonable efforts to replace the BISYS employee serving as Treasurer with a non-BISYS employee as soon as practicable. In the event that the Company has not replaced such BISYS employee by May 30, 2006, the parties will reevaluate the appropriateness of such BISYS employee continuing to serve as Treasurer, it being understood that such BISYS employee’s service as Treasurer is intended to be temporary.

 

1


3. The Company shall establish and maintain disclosure controls and procedures of the Funds (“Fund DCPs”). The Fund DCPs shall contain (or the Company and BISYS shall otherwise establish) mutually agreeable procedures governing the certification of financial information of the Company, and the parties shall comply with such procedures in all material respects.

4. The Company shall establish and maintain a Fund DCP Committee comprised of persons including, at a minimum, the Company’s principal executive officer, Chief Legal Officer (if any), the Treasurer, at least one representative of the Funds’ investment adviser, and such other individuals as may be necessary or appropriate for the Fund DCP Committee to ensure the cooperation of, and to oversee, each of the Company’s agents that records, processes, summarizes, or reports information contained in Form N-CSR and Form N-Q (“Reports”), or other information from which such information is derived, including BISYS and the other service providers to the Company, such as the investment adviser and custodian. In connection therewith, the Fund DCP Committee shall assist the Treasurer by requiring that sub-certifications acceptable to the Treasurer be provided by the other service providers.

5. The Company shall facilitate, through its Chief Compliance Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds’ investment adviser, a comprehensive due diligence inspection by the Treasurer of the investment adviser (and any successor organization thereto) for purposes of assuring that the investment adviser has appropriate personnel, systems, internal controls and compliance policies and procedures in place in connection with any investment advisory or management services, including valuation, trade execution, and brokerage provided on behalf of the Funds.

6. The Company shall require that the investment adviser provide initial and periodic certifications in a form satisfactory to the Treasurer, certifying that: (a) its ongoing operations and internal controls over financial reporting are sound and adequate to ensure that information recorded, processed, summarized, or reported by the investment adviser and included in financial information certified by Fund officers (in such capacity, “Certifying Officers”) on the Reports is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and the Fund DCPs, and (b) the investment adviser has no pending legal, regulatory, compliance or operational issues that are or may be material to its business or to the Company, other than issues that have been previously disclosed to the Treasurer in writing or are described on such certification.

7. The Fund DCP Committee shall meet before the filing date of each Report to review the accuracy and completeness of the relevant Report and record its considerations and conclusions in a written memorandum sufficient to support conclusions pertaining to Fund DCPs as required by the instructions to Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In conducting its review and evaluations, the Fund DCP Committee shall:

(a) establish a schedule to ensure that all required disclosures in Form N-CSR and Form N-Q, including the financial statements, for the Company are identified and prepared in a timeframe sufficient to allow review;

 

2


(b) review SAS 70 Reports pertaining to BISYS and other service providers, if applicable, or in the absence of any such reports, consider the adequacy of the sub-certifications supplied by the service provider. The DCP Committee shall request a written representation from the service provider regarding the continued application and effectiveness of internal controls described in the report, or descriptions of any changes in internal control structure, as of the date of the representation;

(c) consider whether there are any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the design or operation of the Fund DCPs and internal control over financial reporting that could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information, and in the event that any such weaknesses or deficiencies are identified, disclose them to the Company’s audit committee and its auditors;

(d) consider whether, to the knowledge of each member of the Fund DCP Committee, there has been or may have been any fraud, whether or not material, and in the event that any such occurrence is identified, ensure that this has been disclosed to the Company’s audit committee and its auditors; and

(e) determine whether there was any change in internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s second fiscal quarter of the period covered by the Report (for Reports on Form N-CSR) or during the most recent fiscal quarter (for Reports on Form N-Q) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

8. The Treasurer shall have the full discretion to decline to certify a particular Report that fails to meet the standards set forth in any certification, and to report matters involving fraud or other failures to meet the standards of applicable law to the audit committee of the Board.

9. The Treasurer will constitute an executive officer of the Company. The Treasurer’s service is subject to the internal policies of BISYS concerning the activities of its employees and their service as officers of funds (the “BISYS Policies”), a copy of which shall be provided to the Company upon request.

10. The Company’s governing documents (including its Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws) shall contain mandatory indemnification provisions that are applicable to the Treasurer, that are designed and intended to have the effect of fully indemnifying him or her and holding him or her harmless with respect to any and all damages, claims, liabilities and costs arising out of or relating to his or her service in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, except to the extent he or she would otherwise be liable to the Company by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

11. The Company shall provide coverage to the Treasurer under its directors and officers liability policy and/or its errors and omissions liability policy that is

 

3


appropriate to the Treasurer’s role and title, and consistent with coverage applicable to other executive officers of the Company.

12. The Treasurer shall have the discretion to resign from his or her position, in the event that he or she reasonably determines that there has been or is likely to be: (a) a violation of Sarbanes-Oxley, Applicable AML Laws or other Federal securities laws applicable to the Company (the “Applicable Securities Laws”) by the Company, or (b) a material deviation by the Company from the terms of this Agreement governing the services of the Treasurer, which (in either case) is not primarily caused by the failure of the Treasurer or BISYS to meet obligations under applicable laws and this Agreement. In addition, the Treasurer shall have reasonable discretion to resign from his or her position in the event that he or she determines that he or she has not received sufficient information or cooperation from the Company or its other service providers to appropriately perform his or her duties.

13. The Treasurer may, and the Company shall, promptly notify BISYS of any issue, matter or event that would be reasonably likely to result in any claim by the Company, the Company’s shareholders or any third party which involves an allegation that the Treasurer failed to exercise his or her obligations to the Company in a manner consistent with applicable laws (including but not limited to any claim that a Report failed to meet the standards of Sarbanes-Oxley and other applicable laws). The Treasurer shall have the right and the ability to seek the advice of auditors and counsel to the Company with respect to any accounting, financial or legal issues arising from time to time in connection with his or her service in good faith in the best interests of the Company, the cost of which advice shall be borne by the Company.

14. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement that expressly or by implication provides to the contrary: (a) it is expressly agreed and acknowledged that BISYS cannot ensure that the Company complies with Applicable AML Laws, the Applicable Securities Laws or Sarbanes-Oxley, and (b) as long as the Treasurer acts in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company (and would not otherwise be liable to the Company by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office), the Company shall indemnify the Treasurer and BISYS and hold the Treasurer and BISYS harmless from any loss, liability, expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) and damages incurred by them arising out of or resulting to the service of the Treasurer and the Treasurer’s performance of services under this Agreement. The Company shall, in its own capacity, take all reasonably necessary and appropriate measures to comply with its obligations under Sarbanes-Oxley.

15. In order to assist the Company in connection with its obligations under Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Rules 30a-2 and Rule 30a-3 under the 1940 Act (collectively, with such other related regulatory provisions applicable to the Company, “Sarbanes-Oxley”), BISYS will internally establish and maintain controls and procedures (“BISYS internal controls”) designed to ensure that information recorded, processed, summarized, or reported by BISYS and its affiliates on behalf of the Company and included in financial information certified

 

4


by Certifying Officers on the Reports is: (a) recorded, processed, summarized, and reported by BISYS within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and corresponding Fund DCPs, and (b) accumulated and communicated to the relevant Certifying Officers consistent with the Fund DCPs.

16. The Company shall assist and cooperate with the Treasurer (and shall use its best efforts to cause its officers, investment advisers and other service providers to assist and cooperate with the Treasurer) to facilitate the delivery of information requested by the Treasurer in connection with the preparation of the Reports, including Company financial statements, so that the Treasurer may submit draft Reports to the Fund DCP Committee before the date the relevant Report is to be filed. In connection with its review and evaluations, the Fund DCP Committee shall establish a schedule to ensure that all required disclosures in Form N-CSR and in the financial statements for each Fund are identified and prepared in a timeframe sufficient to allow review by the Fund DCP Committee at least 10 days before the date the relevant report is to be filed.

17. At the request of the Company or the Treasurer, BISYS shall provide reasonable administrative assistance to the Company in connection with obtaining service provider sub-certifications, SAS-70 reports on internal controls, and any applicable representations to bring such certifications current to the end of the reporting period, and in preparing summaries of issues raised in such documents.

18. Without limitation of the foregoing, except for those obligations which are expressly delegated to or assumed by BISYS in this Agreement, the Company shall maintain responsibility for, and shall support and facilitate the role of each Certifying Officer and the Fund DCP Committee in, designing and maintaining the Fund DCPs in accordance with applicable laws, including: (a) ensuring that the Fund DCP Committee and/or Certifying Officers obtain and review sub-certifications and reports on internal controls from the Company’s investment adviser and other service providers, if any, sufficiently in advance of the date upon which the relevant financial statements must be finalized (in order to print, distribute and/or file the same hereunder), (b) evaluating of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Fund DCPs, under the supervision, and with the participation of, the Certifying Officers, within the requisite timeframe before the filing of each Report, and (c) ensuring that its Certifying Officers render the requisite certifications or take such other actions as may be permitted or required under applicable laws.”

2. Treasurer Fees

Schedule B to the Agreement is hereby amended by the addition of the following provision:

Fees for Provision of Temporary Company Treasurer:

$25,000 per year (payable monthly), plus reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including travel).

 

5


The parties acknowledge that it is currently contemplated that the Funds’ investment adviser will pay such fees and expenses to BISYS.”

3. Miscellaneous .

(a) Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

(b) This Amendment supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements with respect to the subject matter covered in this Amendment, whether written or oral.

(c) Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, the Agreement remains unchanged and in full force and effect.

(d) This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, a duly authorized officer of each party has signed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc.

By:

    

Name:

    

Title:

    

Heartland Group, Inc.

By:

    

Name:

    

Title:

    

 

6

EXHIBIT (j.1)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC

ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our report dated February 13, 2006, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights which appears in the December 31, 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders of the Heartland Funds, which are also incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Financial Highlights” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Financial Statements” in such Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

April 25, 2006

EXHIBIT (j.2)

[QUARLES & BRADY LLP LETTERHEAD]

April 24, 2006

Heartland Group, Inc.

789 North Water Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

  Re: Consent to Incorporation of Legal Opinion in Post-Effective Amendment to Registration Statement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We hereby consent to the incorporation of our opinion regarding the legality of the shares of Heartland Group, Inc. (“Heartland”) into the Post-Effective Amendment to Heartland’s Registration Statement to which this consent letter is attached as an Exhibit. Our legal opinion appeared as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to Heartland’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Registration Number 33-11371), which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 1999. We also consent to the use of our name in the Statement of Additional Information included as Part B of this Post-Effective Amendment.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Quarles & Brady LLP

QUARLES & BRADY LLP

EXHIBIT (p.1)

BUSINESS

CONDUCT RULES

FOR

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

AND

HEARTLAND ADVISORS, INC.

(Amended as of May 19, 2006)

Act in the best interest of our investors - earn their confidence with every action


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

BUSINESS CONDUCT RULES

   1

I. Introduction

   1

II. Administration and Enforcement

   2

A. Interpretation

   2

B. Compliance as Condition of Employment and Disciplinary Sanctions

   2

C. Compliance Monitoring and the Business Conduct Committee

   2

1. Authority

   2

2. Special Discretion

   3

III. Definitions

   3

CODE OF ETHICS

   4

I. Introduction

   4

II. Board Reporting

   4

III. Record Retention

   5

A. Retention of Code

   5

B. Record of Violations and Exceptions

   5

C. Forms and Reports

   5

D. List of Heartland Persons

   5

E. Director Reports

   5

F. Approval of Limited Offerings

   5

G. Transaction Records

   5

IV. Definitions

   6

A. Access Person

   6

B. Control

   6

C. Covered Securities

   6

D. Federal Securities Laws

   6

E. Heartland Person

   6

F. Investment Person

   6

G. Limited Offering

   7

H. Non-Interested Directors

   7

I. Personal Transactions

   7

V. General Trading Guidelines

   7

VI. Restrictions On Personal Transactions

   8

A. Investments In Small Companies Prohibited

   8

 

-i-


B. Initial Public Offerings of Equity Securities Prohibited

   8

C. Pre-Clearance Requirement

   8

D. Black-Out Periods

   9

1. Access Persons

   9

2. Investment Persons

   9

3. Exceptions to Black-Out Rules

   9

E. Ban on Short-Term Trading Profits

   10

F. Limited Offerings (Private Placements and Private Investment Partnerships)

   10

G. Trading With Clients or Funds Prohibited

   10

VII. Exempt Transactions

   10

A. Non-discretionary Transactions

   10

B. Non-volitional Transactions

   11

C. Automatic Investment Plans

   11

D. Rights Issuances

   11

VIII. Reporting and Disclosure Requirements of Heartland Persons

   11

A. Initial Reports

   11

1. Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure

   11

B. Access Person Quarterly Reports

   12

1. Transactions

   12

2. Accounts

   12

C. Access Person Confirmations and Statements

   12

D. Investment Person Disclosure of Material Interests

   12

E. Reporting by Non-Interested Directors

   13

GIFT POLICY

   14

I. Introduction

   14

II. Policy

   14

A. Making of Gifts

   14

B. Acceptance of Gifts

   14

C. Customary Business Amenities

   15

III. Gift Reporting

   15

OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES POLICY

   16

I. Outside Employment

   16

II. Service as a Director of a Public Company

   16

III. Relative in Securities Business

   16

 

-ii-


POLICY AGAINST INSIDER TRADING

   17

I. Summary of Heartland Advisors’ Policy Against Insider Trading

   17

A. General Prohibition

   17

B. What is Material?

   17

C. What is Nonpublic?

   17

D. How Does a Heartland Person’s Duty not to use the Information Arise?

   18

E. What to do if you Receive Insider Information

   18

F. The Effect of the Restricted List

   18

G. Violations

   18

II. Procedures to Prevent Insider Trading

   19

Section 1.1

  

A. General Prohibition

   19

1. Materiality

   19

2. Nonpublic

   20

3. Information Obtained through Misappropriation

   22

B. Insider Trading Prohibitions Specifically Related to Tender Offers

   22

C. Advice as to Guidelines

   22

D. Application

   22

Section 1.2

  

A. Specific Procedures

   22

1. Nondisclosure

   23

2. Access to Files

   23

3. Segregated Files

   23

4. The Restricted List

   23

Section 1.3

  

A. Violations

   23

APPENDICES

   24

 

-iii-


BUSINESS CONDUCT RULES

 

I. Introduction

These Business Conduct Rules (“Rules”) have been adopted by Heartland Advisors, Inc. and its affiliates, including Heartland Holdings, Inc. and Heartland Value Manager LLC (collectively referred to herein as “Heartland Advisors”) and Heartland Group, Inc., a registered investment company (referred to herein as “Heartland Group” or the “Heartland Funds”) (Heartland Advisors and Heartland Group shall be collectively referred to herein as “Heartland”), and shall govern the conduct of all Heartland Persons (as hereafter defined) in furtherance of general business, fiduciary, and legal principles and to satisfy certain regulatory requirements discussed below.

Although Heartland believes that personal investment and other activities by Heartland Persons should not be prohibited or discouraged, the nature of Heartland Advisors’ fiduciary obligations to the Heartland Funds, Heartland Advisors’ separate account clients (“Clients”), and Heartland Fund shareholders necessarily requires certain disclosures with respect to, and results in some restrictions on, the activities of Heartland Persons. These Rules are designed to reflect the following principles that must guide the personal conduct of all Heartland Persons:

 

    In conducting business activities on behalf of Heartland, Heartland Persons must, at all times, (1) act with integrity, competence and dignity, adhere to the highest ethical standards, and deal fairly with and act in the best interests of Heartland Funds and Clients; (2) comply with applicable Federal Securities Laws (as defined herein); and (3) promptly disclose to the Compliance Officer any circumstances that create an actual or potential conflict with the interests of a Heartland Fund or Client;

 

    All Personal Transactions of Access Persons in Covered Securities (as these terms are hereafter defined) must be conducted in a manner consistent with these Rules, so as to avoid any actual or potential conflicts of interest with the investment activities undertaken for clients with respect to which Heartland Advisors has investment discretion, including Heartland Funds and Clients, and to avoid any abuse of position of trust and responsibility with respect thereto;

 

    No Heartland Person shall take inappropriate advantage of his or her position with or on behalf of Heartland or as an investment industry professional;

 

    At no time may any Heartland Person engage in any conduct or activity that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Heartland Funds, Clients, or Heartland Fund shareholders or make any untrue statement or fail to make a statement, that in light of the circumstances could mislead a Heartland Fund, Client, or Heartland Fund shareholder in a material way;

 

    No Heartland Person shall recommend for purchase or sale, or otherwise discuss the appropriateness of trading, any Covered Security to any other person, except as permitted or required in the normal course of his duties on behalf of Heartland; and

 

    No Heartland Person shall reveal to any other person (except as permitted or required in the normal course of his duties on behalf of Heartland) any information that is confidential or proprietary to Heartland, including, but not limited to, information regarding investment transactions made or being considered, or Covered Securities researched or traded, by or on behalf of any Heartland Fund or Client.

 

1


Any violation of the Rules, or the principles described herein, may be cause for disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. Other disciplinary actions may include warnings, periods of “probation” during which personal investment activities are curtailed or prohibited, reversal of Personal Transactions, disgorgement of profits, and fines. Technical compliance with the Rules will not automatically insulate from scrutiny conduct that appears to indicate a pattern of abuse of an individual’s legal or fiduciary duties.

 

II. Administration and Enforcement

 

  A. Interpretation

Questions regarding the interpretation of any provision of the Rules shall be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer of Heartland Advisors (“Compliance Officer”), who shall be responsible for the enforcement of the Rules.

The Compliance Officer or any other person named in the Rules may appoint one or more designees to carry out his or her functions pursuant to the Rules.

 

  B. Compliance as Condition of Employment and Disciplinary Sanctions

Compliance with these Rules is a condition of employment for each Heartland Person. All Heartland Persons are required to certify annually that they have read, understand and have complied with the Rules in the Form attached as APPENDIX A.

 

  C. Compliance Monitoring and the Business Conduct Committee

The Compliance Officer shall review all reports provided by Heartland Persons as required under the Rules to ascertain compliance therewith. The Compliance Officer shall institute any procedures necessary to monitor the adequacy of such reports and to otherwise prevent violations of the Rules.

The Compliance Officer shall meet periodically with the Heartland Business Conduct Committee (“Committee”). The purpose of the Committee is to facilitate monitoring of compliance with the requirements and procedures contained in the Rules and to consider interpretive and remedial action in administration and enforcement of the Rules.

The Committee consists of not less than three members, including the Director of Compliance of Heartland Advisors who shall serve as the Chairman of the Committee.

 

  1. Authority

Subject to oversight by the Committee, the Compliance Officer shall administer, interpret, and enforce the Rules on an ongoing basis. In general, any interpretations or exceptions made and any remedial actions taken under the Rules by the Compliance Officer shall be reported to, but need not be approved by, the Committee. However, the Compliance Officer shall be required to have the Committee pre-approve any remedial actions proposed by the Compliance Officer involving fines, restrictions or bans on personal trading activities, or termination of employment. In addition, the Compliance Officer, in his or her sole discretion, may defer action and request the

 

2


review and approval of the Committee for any proposed exception or interpretation to be made or remedial action to be taken under the Rules.

 

  2. Special Discretion

In exercising their discretion to make exceptions to any provision of the Rules, the Compliance Officer and/or the Committee shall ensure that:

 

    A determination is made that the application of the provision is not legally required;

 

    The likelihood of any abuse of the Rules caused as a result of the exception is remote;

 

    The terms or conditions upon which any exemption is granted is evidenced in a written instrument; and

 

    A written record of the exception is made and retained by the Compliance Officer.

 

III. Definitions

For definitions of capitalized terms used in the Rules, please refer to the Definitions section of the Code of Ethics.

 

3


CODE OF ETHICS

 

I. Introduction

Rule 17j-1 (the “IC Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “IC Act”) requires that an investment company, as well as its investment adviser and principal underwriter, adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent their Access Persons from engaging in any fraudulent or unlawful personal trading activity. The IC Rule further requires an investment company to disclose in its registration statement certain information about its code of ethics and to file a copy as an exhibit thereto.

Rule 204A-1 (the “IA Rule”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “IA Act”) requires each investment adviser registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission to adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to reflect an adviser’s fiduciary obligations to its clients and to ensure its Access Persons comply with applicable Federal Securities Laws (as defined herein). In addition, Rules 204A-1 and 204-2 under the IA Act require investment advisers to keep certain records, which must be available for inspection by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), regarding personal investment activities of advisory personnel.

In satisfaction of these regulatory requirements, this Code of Ethics (“Code”) includes the principal recommendations in the Report of the Investment Company Institute Advisory Group on Personal Investing dated May 9, 1994.

The Board of Directors of Heartland Group (“Heartland Group Directors”), including a majority of the Non-Interested Directors, must approve the Code on an annual basis, and approve any material change to the Code within six months after adoption of such material change. The Heartland Group Directors must base their approval of the Code, and any material changes to the Code, on a determination that the Code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by the provisions of the IC Rule. Before approving the Code, the Heartland Group Directors must receive a certification from Heartland Advisors that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

 

II. Board Reporting

The Compliance Officer shall present the following reports to the Heartland Group Directors:

 

    Not less frequently than quarterly , a written report identifying any material issues arising under the Code or related procedures, including, but not limited to, any material or recurring violations of the Code or Heartland’s related procedures detected since the last such report with a description of the nature of the violation, the person or persons involved, and the remedial action taken. Any violation of the Restrictions on Personal Transactions will be considered material;

 

    Not less frequently than quarterly , a written report identifying any material changes to the Code adopted since the last such report. Any such changes must be approved by the Heartland Group Directors, including a majority of the Heartland Group Directors who are not interested persons; and

 

    Not less frequently than annually , a written report summarizing existing procedures followed in administering the Code and a certification by the Chief Operating Officer, or other senior officer, of Heartland Advisors that the procedures are reasonably designed to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

 

4


    The Heartland Group Directors shall consider any issues presented by the Business Conduct Committee and/or the Compliance Officer as well as the certification reports described above, examining them carefully and determining whether any action (including amendment of the Code) is necessary.

 

III. Record Retention

Heartland Advisors shall maintain at its principal place of business on its own behalf and on the behalf of Heartland Group, the following records. Each record shall be preserved for a period of not less than five years (six for Transaction Records) from the end of the calendar year in which the event requiring the record to be made occurred, the first two years in an easily accessible place, or as shall otherwise be required under applicable law and regulation:

 

  A. Retention of Code

A copy of the Code.

 

  B. Record of Violations and Exceptions

A record of any exception to the Code made by the Compliance Officer and/or the Business Conduct Committee as permitted by Section II.C and a record of any violation of this Code, and of any action taken as a result thereof.

 

  C. Forms and Reports

A copy of each report made by an Access Person under this Code.

 

  D. List of Heartland Persons

A list of all Heartland Persons who are, or have been, required to make reports under this Code.

 

  E. Director Reports

A copy of each report presented to the Heartland Group Directors under Section II of the Code.

 

  F. Approval of Limited Offerings

A copy of each pre-approval of a Limited Offering, including the reasons supporting the pre-approval.

 

  G. Transaction Records

A written record of every transaction in a Covered Security required to be reported by an Access Person under the Code containing the title and amount of the Covered Security involved, the date and nature of the transaction, the price at which the transaction was effected, and the name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected. This record may be satisfied by a trade confirmation, account statement, or other written report received no later than thirty days after the calendar quarter in which the transaction occurred.

 

5


IV. Definitions

 

  A. Access Person

“Access Person” shall mean (i) any director or officer of Heartland, (ii) any employee of Heartland (or of any company in a Control relationship with Heartland) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities on behalf of a Heartland Fund or Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (iii) any natural person in a Control relationship to Heartland who obtains information concerning purchase and sale recommendations made to any Heartland Fund or Client with regard to Covered Securities. Access Person also includes any other person designated by the Compliance Officer.

 

  B. Control

“Control” shall have the same meaning as in Section 2(a)(9) of the IC Act. In general, it means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.

 

  C. Covered Securities

“Covered Security” shall mean any security within the meaning of Section 2(a)(36) of the IC Act, such as common stocks, preferred stocks, closed-end investment companies, stock options, debt securities and derivative instruments, including futures contracts, and options on futures contracts, relating to any stock, bond or index. Covered Securities shall also include Limited Offerings (i.e., limited partnership interests and private placement common or preferred stocks or debt instruments), shares of the Heartland Funds, shares of any other open-end investment company for which Heartland Advisors may serve as investment adviser, shares of Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), and municipal securities, including Section 529 College Savings Plans.

Covered Securities do not include (i) direct obligations of the U.S. Government; (ii) bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements or other high quality short-term debt instruments; (iii) shares of money market funds, or shares of open-end investment companies for which Heartland Advisors does not serve as investment adviser; (iv) options/futures based on broad based indices, interest rates, Standard & Poors Depository Receipts, Treasury instruments, commodities, or currencies.

 

  D. Federal Securities Laws

“Federal Securities Laws” shall have the same meaning as in Rule 204A-1(e)(4) of the IA Act.

 

  E. Heartland Person

“Heartland Person” shall mean any employee, officer, director, or general partner of Heartland.

 

  F. Investment Person

“Investment Person” shall mean any employee, officer, or director of Heartland Advisors who in connection with his or her regular functions or duties makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities and any natural person who is

 

6


a Control person of Heartland Advisors who obtains information concerning such recommendations. Investment Person also includes any other person designated by the Compliance Officer.

 

  G. Limited Offering

A “Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933. These include, for example, private placements and private investment partnerships.

 

  H. Non-Interested Directors

A “Non-Interested Director” shall mean a director of Heartland Group who is not an “interested person” of Heartland Group within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the IC Act. Non-Interested Directors are also Heartland Persons and Access Persons.

 

  I. Personal Transactions

“Personal Transactions” shall mean transactions in Covered Securities in which a Heartland Person has direct or indirect “beneficial ownership” within the meaning of the term as used in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that the term applies to all debt and equity securities and commodity interests. Personal Transactions shall include transactions for: (i) a person’s own account; (ii) an account owned jointly with another person; (iii) an account in the person’s name as a guardian, executor or trustee; (iv) an account in which such person, his spouse, or his minor child residing in his household has a direct or indirect interest; (v) an account of any other relative ( e.g., parents, in-laws, adult children, brothers, sisters, etc.) whose investments the person directs or controls whether or not the relative resides with the person, and (vi) an account of any other person, partnership, corporation, trust, custodian, or other entity if, by reason of contract or formal or informal understanding or arrangement, the person has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in such account.

 

V. General Trading Guidelines

All Access Persons are prohibited from taking personal advantage of their knowledge of recent or impending securities activities for the Heartland Funds or Clients. In accordance with Heartland’s Policy Against Insider Trading, Access Persons are generally prohibited from purchasing or selling any security while in the possession of material nonpublic information about the issuer of the security, and from communicating to third parties any such material nonpublic information. Access Persons are further prohibited from using or disclosing any nonpublic information relating to a Heartland Fund or Client, or any nonpublic information relating to the business or operations of Heartland, unless properly authorized to do so.

When purchasing, exchanging, or redeeming shares of an open-end investment company, including the Heartland Funds, Access Persons must comply in all respects with the policies and procedures set forth in the most current prospectus and statement of additional information for such open-end investment company.

Access Persons are discouraged from engaging in a pattern of securities transactions in any Covered Security that is excessively frequent so as to potentially (i) impact the ability to carry out his or her assigned duties or (ii) increase the possibility of an actual or apparent conflict of interest.

 

7


VI. Restrictions On Personal Transactions

The provisions of Section VI shall apply to the Personal Transactions of all Access Persons, except Access Persons who are Non-Interested Directors.

 

  A. Investments In Small Companies Prohibited

Except for sales that qualify as “exempt” transactions under Section VII hereof and transactions in closed-end investment companies or exchange traded funds, no Investment Person or Access Person may effect a Personal Transaction in a Covered Security (other than a Heartland Fund) whose market capitalization is less than $2 billion.

Access Persons, including Investment Persons, subject to this restriction shall be permitted to sell any such investment if the investment was (i) owned and reported to the Compliance Officer at the time he or she became an Access Person, (ii) acquired other than by purchase ( e.g., inheritance, spin-off, etc.), or (iii) was not subject to the limit at the time of purchase. However, any such sales shall be subject to the pre-clearance and reporting provisions of the Code.

 

  B. Initial Public Offerings of Equity Securities Prohibited

All Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing equity securities in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). Further, all Access Persons are prohibited from using the facilities of Heartland Advisors to secure an IPO, directly or indirectly, for any non-client or to indirectly (that is, in circumvention of any procedures established from time to time by Heartland Advisors for allocation of IPOs among the Heartland Funds and Clients) secure an IPO for any Client or Heartland Fund.

 

  C. Pre-Clearance Requirement

Unless the transaction is exempt as provided in Section VII hereof, every Personal Transaction in a Covered Security, including transactions in private placement securities and other Limited Offerings , by an Access Person must be pre-approved by the Compliance Officer. Pre-approval and pre-clearance shall be obtained by using the Personal Trade Request Form as made available by the Compliance Officer from time to time, a current copy of which is attached hereto as APPENDIX B.

Pre-approval and pre-clearance shall be good for three business days (inclusive of the day on which approval is granted, if approval is granted prior to market close). An order that is not executed within that time must be re-submitted for pre-approval and pre-clearance.

After receiving a completed Personal Trade Request and Authorization Form from an Access Person, for a transaction in a Covered Security other than a Heartland Fund , the Compliance Officer shall obtain the following approvals before pre-clearing the transaction:

 

    For all trades: One senior trader

 

    For equity trades: All equity portfolio managers

 

    For non-municipal debt: One equity portfolio manager and one fixed-income portfolio manager and the fixed-income analyst that follows corporate bonds at Heartland Advisors.

 

    For municipal debt: All fixed-income portfolio managers

In approving, traders are asked to review to ensure there are no pending orders for the Covered Security on the trading desk and portfolio managers are asked to identify if they anticipate any

 

8


Heartland Fund or Client trading activity in the Covered Security within the next 15 days. If one manager is unavailable, another manager may approve on his behalf if he is reasonably certain the security is not under consideration for investment for any Heartland Fund or Client with respect to which the absent portfolio manager has investment discretion.

A portfolio manager may not pre-approve his own transaction.

For transactions in a Heartland Fund, other than transactions exempt under Section VII, the Access Person must submit a completed Fund Personal Trade Request Form for the Heartland Funds, a current copy of which is attached hereto as APPENDIX C, and obtain pre-approval and pre-clearance from the Compliance Officer.

 

  D. Black-Out Periods

The black-out periods set forth below shall apply solely to the individual security in question and not to the issuer generally. Black-out periods shall be determined exclusive of the day on which the Heartland Fund or Client transaction is effected or being considered. In the event of a violation of these provisions, if the violation results from a transaction that can be reversed prior to settlement, such transaction shall be reversed with any costs being borne by the Access Person. If reversal is not practical or possible, then the security shall be sold and any profit realized from the transaction, net of commissions, shall be disgorged to a charity selected by the Business Conduct Committee.

 

  1. Access Persons

Unless the transaction is exempt under this Code, no Access Person may (i) execute a Personal Transaction on a day during which a Heartland Fund or Client has a pending “buy” or “sell” order in that same security, until the “buy” or “sell” order for the Heartland Fund or Client in that security is executed or withdrawn, or (ii) execute a Personal Transaction when the security is being considered for purchase or sale on behalf of a Heartland Fund or Client.

Note: A security is “being considered for purchase or sale” when a recommendation to purchase or sell such security has been made and communicated by an Investment Analyst, in the course of his normal business duties, to the Portfolio Manager responsible for making investment decisions on behalf of a Heartland Fund or Client, and such recommendation is under active consideration by the Portfolio Manager.

 

  2. Investment Persons

No Investment Person may effect a Personal Transaction within seven calendar days before or after a trade is executed on behalf of any Heartland Fund or Client (the “7-Day Rule”) for which that person is either (i) the portfolio manager for the Heartland Fund or Client account that traded the Covered Security or (ii) the investment analyst for the Covered Security traded.

For supervisors of equity portfolio managers, research analysts/associates, the chief operating officer, and the traders, the 7-Day Rule shall apply more broadly to any Covered Securities traded in any Heartland Fund or Client account.

 

  3. Exceptions to Black-Out Rules

 

  a. Highly Liquid Securities

Personal Transactions in stocks (and in convertible preferred stocks convertible into such common stocks) of companies with market capitalization’s of $5 billion or more at the time of purchase or sale shall not be subject to the black-out periods set forth above. These stocks are believed to be sufficiently liquid and actively traded such that investment transactions undertaken

 

9


for Clients or the Heartland Funds are unlikely to have any significant impact on the market price of such stocks. However, because options and other derivatives may involve leverage that magnifies the effect of even small price changes in the underlying stock, Personal Transactions in options and other derivatives remain subject to such blackout periods.

 

  b. Heartland Funds

Personal Transactions in shares of a Heartland Fund shall not be subject to the blackout periods set forth above.

 

  E. Ban on Short-Term Trading Profits

Access Persons are prohibited from profiting in the purchase and sale, or the sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities within 60 calendar days (the 60 day ban applies irrespective of when an Access Person first purchased securities of the issuer). However, in the event that (i) the effect of a transaction is to substitute an equity derivative position in a security with a comparable number of shares of the underlying security, or vice versa, (ii) the substitution transactions occur within the same trading day, and (iii) the value of the substituted position increases and decreases relative to increases and decreases in the value of the original derivative or underlying security position, then, the transactions implementing the substitution shall be permitted. Exceptions to the 60-day ban may be granted for hardship on a case-by-case basis by the Compliance Officer.

 

  F. Limited Offerings (Private Placements and Private Investment Partnerships)

Any purchase of a Limited Offering by an Access Person shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Compliance Officer and in the case of a purchase by an Investment Person, the prior approval of the Non-Interested Directors or their designee. In approving the purchase of a Limited Offering, consideration shall be given to whether the investment should be reserved for Heartland Funds or Clients, and whether such opportunity is being offered to such Access Person by virtue of his or her position with the Heartland Funds or Clients.

Furthermore, no Access Person may have a 5% or more ownership interest in a private investment partnership. If an Access Person’s ownership interest becomes 5% or more because of a non-volitional act, the Access Person must immediately notify the Compliance Officer.

 

  G. Trading With Clients or Funds Prohibited

All Access Persons are prohibited from, directly or indirectly, purchasing any Covered Security from, or selling any Covered Security to, a Client or Heartland Fund.

 

VII. Exempt Transactions

The following transactions shall be exempt from the pre-clearance requirements and other provisions of Section VI hereof, but the reporting and disclosure requirements of Section VIII hereof shall apply:

 

  A. Non-discretionary Transactions

Purchases or sales effected in any account over which an Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control, or in any account of the Access Person which is managed on a discretionary basis by a person: (a)  unrelated to the Access Person; (b) whom Access Person does not, in fact,

 

10


influence or control; and (c) with whom the Access Person does not confer or otherwise participate in connection with the purchase and sale of securities in the account.

Note: Any registered investment adviser retained by an Access Person shall be pre-approved by the Compliance Officer before the Access Person may rely upon this exemption. For this purpose, transactions effected under a power of attorney or a brokerage account agreement are not eligible for this exemption unless they contain an express delegation of investment discretion.

 

  B. Non-volitional Transactions

Purchases or sales that are non-volitional on the part of the Access Person, including mergers, recapitalizations or similar transactions. Non-volitional transactions also include gifts of a Covered Security to an Access Person over which the Access Person has no control of the timing.

 

  C. Automatic Investment Plans

A program in which regular periodic purchases or sales are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including an issuer’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

 

  D. Rights Issuances

Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by the issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.

 

VIII. Reporting and Disclosure Requirements of Heartland Persons

The initial and quarterly reporting requirements of this Section A through C shall not apply to Non-Interested Directors except as provided by Section VIII.E.

No Report made under this section shall be construed as an admission by the reporting person that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the reportable items.

 

  A. Initial Reports

No later than 10 calendar days after commencement of employment, and at least annually thereafter, the following reports must be completed, which contain information current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date each such report is submitted:

 

  1. Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure

 

    Each Access Person is required to complete and return to the Compliance Officer the Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure acknowledging that he or she has read, understands and has complied with the Code. A copy of the Certificate is attached as APPENDIX A.

 

    Access Persons are required to disclose to the Compliance Officer (i) all securities and commodities accounts maintained by the Access Person in which any securities are held and (ii) all personal holdings in Covered Securities on the Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure attached as APPENDIX A.

 

11


  B. Access Person Quarterly Reports

Every Access Person shall complete and submit a Quarterly Report to the Compliance Officer that discloses the information set forth below with respect to all Personal Transactions and all securities and commodities accounts that Personal Transactions are conducted in during the quarter. Every Quarterly Report shall be submitted not later than 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter.

Access Persons need not make a Quarterly Report if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Compliance Officer or information previously reported under Section VIII.A.2 (i).

The Quarterly Report shall be in the form published by the Compliance Officer from time to time, the current form of which is attached as APPENDIX D.

 

  1. Transactions.

The Quarterly Report shall contain the following information for each reportable transaction:

 

    The date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate and maturity date, the number of shares and the principal amount of the security involved;

 

    The nature of the transaction ( i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

    The price at which the transaction was effected;

 

    The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and

 

    The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

  2. Accounts.

The Quarterly Report shall contain the following information for each reportable account:

 

    The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;

 

    The date the account was established; and

 

    The date the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

  C. Access Person Confirmations and Statements

All Access Persons maintaining securities or commodities accounts shall direct their brokers to furnish the Compliance Officer on a timely basis, duplicate copies of all confirmations and account statements.

 

  D. Investment Person Disclosure of Material Interests

If an Investment Person wishes to invest or make a recommendation to invest in a security for a Heartland Fund or Client, and such person currently owns the security, such person must first disclose such interest to the Director of Compliance and the Chief Operating Officer of Heartland Advisors and obtain their consent. The Director of Compliance and the Chief Operating Officer may only

 

12


grant consent if the Investment Person has no material interest in the security. A material interest includes beneficial ownership of any securities (including derivatives, options, warrants or rights), offices, directorships, significant contracts, or interests or relationships that are likely to affect the Investment Person’s judgment.

 

  E. Reporting by Non-Interested Directors

A Non-Interested Director shall report a non-exempt Personal Transaction in Covered Securities to the Compliance Officer within 30 calendar days of the end of the calendar quarter in which such transaction was effected if, at the time such transaction was effected, the Non-Interested Director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a director of Heartland Group, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction by the Non-Interested Director, the security is or was purchased or sold by a Heartland Fund or was considered for purchase or sale.

In addition, Non-Interested Directors shall report to the Compliance Officer any 5% or more ownership interest in a private investment partnership.

 

13


GIFT POLICY

 

I. Introduction

Gifts may only be given (or accepted) if they are in accordance with normally accepted business practices and do not raise any question of impropriety. A question of impropriety may be raised if a gift influences or gives the appearance of influencing the recipient. The following outlines Heartland’s policy on giving and receiving gifts to help us maintain those standards and is applicable to all Heartland Persons (other than Non-Interested Directors).

 

II. Policy

 

  A. Making of Gifts

Heartland Persons and members of their immediate family may not make any gift, series of gifts, or other thing of value, including cash, loans, personal services, or special discounts (“Gifts”) in excess of $100 per year to any Heartland Fund or Client, any one person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of Heartland or any Heartland Fund or Client, or any company held by a Heartland Fund or Client or their management (collectively referred to herein as “Business Relationships”).

 

  B. Acceptance of Gifts

Heartland Persons and members of their immediate family may not accept any Gift of material value from any single Business Relationship. A Gift will be considered material in value if it influences or gives the appearance of influencing the recipient. In the event the aggregate fair market value of all Gifts received from any single Business Relationship is estimated to exceed $250 in any 12-month period, the Access Person must immediately notify the Compliance Officer.

If the Gift is from any person, entity or person affiliated with an entity that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (“NASD”) that does business with or on behalf of Heartland, or is made in connection with the sale or distribution of registered investment company or variable contract securities, the aggregate fair market value of all such Gifts received by you from any single Business Relationship may never exceed $100 in any 12-month period.

Occasionally, Heartland employees are invited to attend or participate in conferences, tour a company’s facilities, or meet with representatives of a company. Such invitations may involve traveling and may require overnight lodging. Generally, all travel and lodging expenses provided in connection with such activities must be paid for by Heartland. However, if appropriate, and with prior approval from your manager, you may accept travel related amenities if the costs are considered insubstantial and are not readily ascertainable.

The solicitation of a Gift is prohibited (i.e., you may not request a Gift, such as tickets to a sporting event, be given to you).

 

14


  C. Customary Business Amenities

Customary business amenities are not considered Gifts so long as such amenities are business related (e.g., if you are accepting tickets to a sporting event, the offerer must go with you), reasonable in cost, appropriate as to time and place, and neither so frequent nor so costly as to raise any question of impropriety. Customary business amenities which you and, if appropriate, your guests, may accept (or give) include an occasional meal, a ticket to a sporting event or the theater, green fees, an invitation to a reception or cocktail party, or comparable entertainment.

 

III. Gift Reporting

All Gifts shall be reported to the Compliance Officer within fourteen calendar days of acceptance or making such Gifts on a Gift Disclosure Report attached as APPENDIX E.

 

15


OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES POLICY

Any Heartland Person who proposes to engage in Outside Employment or Service as a Director of a Public Company may do so on the Outside Activities Request Form attached as APPENDIX F.

 

I. Outside Employment

No Heartland Person (other than Non-Interested Directors) shall accept employment or compensation as a result of any business activity (other than a passive investment), outside the scope of his or her employment with Heartland unless such person has provided prompt written notice of such employment or compensation to the Compliance Officer, and, in the case of securities-related employment or compensation, has received the prior written approval from the Compliance Officer.

 

II. Service as a Director of a Public Company

No Heartland Person (other than Non-Interested Directors) shall serve on a board of directors of a public company or other for profit entity without the prior written approval of the Compliance Officer and the Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Advisors. In approving a request, a determination shall be made that the board service would not be inconsistent with the interests of the Heartland Funds or Clients. Any such approval shall be subject to any procedures the Compliance Officer deems appropriate to prevent the misuse of material non-public information that may be acquired through board service, and other procedures or investment restrictions that may be required to prevent actual or potential conflicts of interest. These procedures shall, at a minimum, require that such person is isolated from investment decisions with respect to securities issued by such company.

Any Non-Interested Director who serves on a board of directors of a public company or other for profit entity must provide written notification to the Compliance Officer of Heartland Advisors at the time such service begins.

 

III. Relative in Securities Business

Heartland Persons (other than Non-Interested Directors) are required to immediately disclose to the Compliance Officer any spouse, other family member, or anyone residing within such person’s household who is employed in the securities or commodity industry.

 

16


POLICY AGAINST INSIDER

TRADING

 

I. Summary of Heartland Advisors’ Policy Against Insider Trading

 

  A. General Prohibition

Any Heartland Person who becomes aware of material nonpublic information should not (without first discussing with Heartland’s Compliance Officer):

 

    Trade for a personal or client’s account

 

    Recommend transactions in the security, or

 

    Disclose (tip) the information to others

 

  B. What is Material?

Information is material if it has market significance – information a reasonable investor would want to know before making an investment decision. Examples:

 

    Earnings estimates, changes in dividends, stock splits and other financial projections

 

    Major new discoveries or advances

 

    Acquisitions, mergers and tender offers

 

    Sales of substantial assets

 

    Changes in debt ratings

 

    Significant write-downs or additions to reserves

 

  C. What is Nonpublic?

Information that is not widely available or disseminated. You should be able to point to a public source for public information – newspaper, press release, etc. Examples:

 

    Information available to a select group of analysts or institutional investors

 

    Undisclosed facts that are the subject of rumors

 

    Information given on a confidential basis until it is made public and enough time has elapsed for the market to respond (historically than has been 72 hours)

 

17


  D. How Does a Heartland Person’s Duty not to use the Information Arise?

Any Heartland Person who obtains material nonpublic information is subject to the prohibitions described in section I. A. above. The information must be reported to the Compliance Officer who will consider the source of the information and the complex legal duties surrounding the information. These decisions are only to be made in consultation with the Compliance Officer. Some of the considerations that result in a Heartland Person having a duty with respect to the information are:

 

    Information obtained from a Heartland affiliate defined as any company where we hold 5% or more of the outstanding shares

 

    Information obtained with the expectation that it will be kept on a confidential basis

 

    Information obtained through breach of someone’s fiduciary duty – this is very often the case in our business where a corporate officer of an issuer, or an advisor to a company, has a duty not to disclose the information and they wind up disclosing it either selectively to a small group of analysts or institutional investors or they disclose it for a quid pro quo

 

    Information obtained through misappropriation – obtained the information for a proper purpose but used it for a contrary purpose (how lawyers, investment bankers, printers, etc. get caught)

 

    Any information relating to a tender offer or potential tender offer is subject to even stricter rules

 

  E. What to do if you Receive Insider Information

 

    Do not trade, recommend or tip based on the information.

 

    Report the information to the Compliance Officer so the security can be placed on Heartland Advisors’ Restricted List, if appropriate.

 

    Any materials or correspondence relating to the information are to be segregated from the files and held by the Compliance Officer as confidential.

 

  F. The Effect of the Restricted List

 

    No Heartland Person may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for his or her own account, family accounts or other personal accounts over which he or she exercises discretion or influence.

 

    No Heartland Person may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for any Heartland Fund or Client account.

 

  G. Violations

Violations of this policy, or any other disclosure of material, nonpublic information, must be reported to the Compliance Officer immediately. Violations will be taken seriously and may result in disciplinary action, as well as the following regulatory action:

 

    For individuals who trade on inside information (or tip others):

Civil penalty of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided Criminal fine of up to $1 million (no matter how small the profit); and Jail term of up to 10 years

 

18


    For a company (as well as any supervisory person) that fails to take appropriate steps to prevent illegal trading:

Civil penalty of the greater of $1 million or three times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of the employee’s violation; and Criminal penalty of up to $2.5 million

Remember: Any alleged insider trading will be viewed with 20/20 hindsight, which often makes information and timing difficult to explain away!

 

II. Procedures to Prevent Insider Trading

The Insider Trading Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988 includes a variety of provisions to deter, detect and punish insider trading violations. The penalties for violations of the law are severe. The law imposes civil penalties of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of an unlawful purchase or sale or communication of inside information, plus disgorgement of the profit. The law also imposes a special responsibility on broker-dealers and investment advisers to establish written supervisory procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material, nonpublic information by the broker-dealer, investment adviser or any person associated with them.

The following sections describe the procedures that will be followed by Heartland Advisors to prevent and detect insider trading violations. Any questions regarding these procedures should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer.

Section 1.1

 

  A. General Prohibition

A Heartland Person who becomes aware of material information that has not been disclosed to the marketplace generally should not, without first discussing the matter with the Compliance Officer or legal counsel, trade in (purchase or sell) the securities of the company to which the information relates, either on behalf of a Heartland Advisors Client or for his or her own or related account, recommend transactions in such securities, or disclose that information (tip) to others. These restrictions apply if such information has been acquired improperly or, though acquired properly, has been obtained in circumstances in which there is a reasonable expectation that it will not be used for trading purposes, or where the information relates to a tender offer and came from a tender offer participant.

In particular, no employee should trade, tip or recommend the securities of any issuer having obtained material, nonpublic information on a confidential basis, from an insider in breach of his or her duty, or through “misappropriation.” On the other hand, there is no prohibition against using information obtained legitimately through one’s own analyses or appropriate investigative efforts.

 

  1. Materiality

Information is “material” if it has market significance; this is, if its public dissemination is likely to affect the market value of securities, or if it is otherwise information that a reasonable investor would want to know before making an investment decision.

 

19


  a. While it is impossible to list all types of information which might be deemed material under particular circumstances, information dealing with the following subjects is often found to be material:

 

    Earnings estimates and other financial projections

 

    Dividends

 

    Major new discoveries or advances in research

 

    Acquisitions, including mergers and tender offers

 

    Sales of substantial assets

 

    Changes in debt ratings

 

    Significant write-downs of assets or additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities

 

  b. On the other hand, information is generally not material if its public dissemination would not have a market impact, or if the information would not likely influence a reasonable investor making an investment decision. Since such judgments may ultimately be challenged with the benefit of hindsight, and the consequences of a wrong decision are potentially severe, an employee should contact the Compliance Officer or legal counsel for advice as to whether particular information is material.

 

  2. Nonpublic

Information that has not been disclosed to the public generally is “nonpublic.”

 

  a. To demonstrate that certain information is public, a Heartland Person should be able to point to some fact showing that it is widely available. Information would generally be deemed widely available is it has been disclosed, for example, in the broad tape, Wall Street Journal , or widely circulated public disclosure documents, such as prospectuses, annual reports or proxy statements. Nonpublic information may include (i) information available to a select group of analysts or brokers or institutional investors, (ii) undisclosed facts which are the subject of rumors, even if the rumors are widely circulated, and (iii) information that has been imparted on a confidential basis, unless and until the information is made public and enough time has elapsed for the market to respond to a public announcement of the information.

 

  b. Information from Affiliates . Use of “insider” information obtained from an affiliate of Heartland Advisors could subject both Heartland Advisors and the affiliate to penalties for insider trading.

 

  c. Information Obtained on a Confidential Basis . When a Heartland Person obtains information from a source with the expectation that he or she will keep such information confidential, the Heartland Person is prohibited from using that information to trade, tip or recommend securities and such confidential information may not be given to affiliates of Heartland. The expectation of confidentiality may be either explicitly set forth or implied by the nature of the Heartland Person’s relationship with the source of the information.

Heartland Persons who are directors and/or officers of a publicly traded company must not trade in their own account based upon nonpublic information obtained in a director and/or officer capacity. Further, no such person may order, direct or influence any trade in such a security for a Heartland Advisors Client account or for a mutual fund managed

 

20


by Heartland Advisors. All such decisions for Client accounts or managed funds must be made solely by a Heartland Person who is not an officer or director of the subject company. The employee making the investment decision may not discuss the subject company with the officer or director or otherwise communicate with such person regarding the investment decision. In addition, prior to making a trade in such a security, the employee should consult the Compliance Officer, who will confirm with the director or officer that he or she is not is possession of material, nonpublic information obtained in a director and/or officer capacity which would require the subject company to be placed on Heartland Advisor’s Restricted List. Alternatively, with respect to Client accounts, Heartland Advisors may return discretionary control over a client’s holdings in the publicly traded company to the client.

 

  d. Information Obtained through a Breach of Fiduciary Duty . Even in the absence of an expectation of confidentiality, Heartland Persons are prohibited from trading, tipping or recommending securities on the basis of material, nonpublic information disclosed by an insider in breach of fiduciary or similar duty.

 

  i. The “Personal Benefit” Test . Whether an insider breaches his or her fiduciary duty by disclosing information is not always an easy determination to make and depends in large part on the purpose of the disclosure. If the insider may benefit personally from the disclosure, it is improper to use that information to recommend or trade securities. A “personal benefit” test will be present if:

The insider receives a pecuniary or reputational benefit by disclosing the information, He or she makes a “gift” by disclosing the information to a friend or relative, or There is an expected payment, exchange or other quid pro quo on the part of the insider.

 

  ii. Controlling Person Liability . Even though an insider may not benefit personally from use of insider information, if a controlling person of the insider benefits from the insider’s action, substantial penalties can be imposed upon the controlling person. Depending upon the circumstances, the term “controlling person” could apply to Heartland Advisors itself, its officers and directors, managers and affiliates.

 

  iii. Selective Disclosure. Employees should be particularly sensitive to the possibility of a breach by an insider if highly material information is selectively disclosed to one person rather than to a large group of industry analysts or by a press release. In such cases, it is important to consider carefully the motivation of a source in disclosing the information and, in particular, consider whether there is any personal benefit to the source from the disclosure. Again, any questions should be referred to the Compliance Officer or legal counsel. Improper disclosures should be distinguished from the usual situation in which company officers routinely answer questions about previously issued press releases, earnings reports or regulatory filings, or otherwise help fill in gaps of investment analysis.

 

  iv.

Temporary Insiders . Employees should be aware that for purposes of finding a breach by an “insider,” the term “insider” is broadly defined to include not only typical insiders, such as officers and directors, but also “temporary insiders.” “Temporary insiders” include, for example, investment bankers, accountants, lawyers, consultants or investment managers who have entered into a relationship with entity that gives them access to information solely for the entity’s purposes.

 

21


 

As with the “personal benefit” standard, the “temporary insider” standard is difficult to apply in some situations, and advice of counsel should be sought.

 

  3. Information Obtained through Misappropriation

“Misappropriated” information is information that has been improperly obtained or, though obtained properly, is being used improperly for a purpose contrary to the purpose for which it was given. For example, if a printer, a commercial banker or a lawyer passes along to others material, nonpublic information entrusted to him or her by a client, misappropriation may have occurred. Thus, if such a person divulges the information to a person who knows of that relationship, and the person trades, tips or recommends the client’s securities, liability as a “tippee” with respect to the misappropriated information may be found. No employee may trade, tip or recommend affected securities where he or she has reason to believe the information has been misappropriated.

 

  B. Insider Trading Prohibitions Specifically Related to Tender Offers

Under SEC Rule 14e-3, no person may trade, tip or recommend securities of a company that is a target of a tender offer if such person possesses material, nonpublic information regarding the tender offer, and that information was obtained, directly or indirectly, from certain sources.

 

    This special prohibition dealing with tender offers applies regardless of the manner in which the information was obtained, whether by “misappropriation,” breach of duty or otherwise. Such trading is unlawful where the trader has reason to believe that the information was obtained, directly or indirectly, from the bidder, the target or a person acting on behalf of the bidder or target.

 

    The rule applies to trading, tipping and recommendations even before a tender offer is made. It is enough that a “substantial step” to begin a tender offer has been taken. A substantial step includes, for example: (1) the formulation of a plan to make a tender offer, (2) arranging the financing for a tender offer, (3) preparation of tender offer materials, or (4) commencement of negotiations with dealers to participate in a tender offer.

 

  C. Advice as to Guidelines

Any question as to the applicability or interpretation of these guidelines or the propriety of any desired action must be discussed with the Compliance Officer, or legal counsel, prior to trading or disclosure of the information.

 

  D. Application

The restrictions on trading securities imposed by this Section 1.1 apply to anyone receiving material nonpublic information.

Section 1.2

 

  A. Specific Procedures

The procedures in the following section are designed to prevent material nonpublic information that may have been obtained in confidence from being improperly disclosed or used. These procedures do not restrict the flow of public information.

 

22


  1. Nondisclosure

Any Heartland Person who becomes aware of material nonpublic information may not trade the securities of the company to which the information relates, make any comment which could be viewed as a recommendation of such securities, or disclose the information to others, without first discussing the matter with the Compliance Officer. Further, any Heartland Person who acquires material nonpublic information on a confidential basis, from an insider in breach of his or her duty, or through “misappropriation,” may not, as long as he or she possesses such material nonpublic information, trade the securities of the company to which the information relates, make any comment which could be viewed as a recommendation, or disclose the information to others, other than to report such fact to the Compliance Officer and to request that the issuer of the securities be placed on the Restricted List.

 

  2. Access to Files

Personnel from outside the firm, including employees of affiliates who are not also employees of Heartland Advisors, should not be allowed access to any Heartland Advisors corporate or client file without, in each case, specific permission from the Compliance Officer.

 

  3. Segregated Files

The Compliance Officer, or his or her designee, shall establish separate files to store correspondence and documents that are or may be considered confidential. No person shall be offered access to files unless that person has supplied the documents kept in the files.

 

  4. The Restricted List

A Restricted List of securities shall be prepared by the Compliance Officer and distributed, as necessary, to all Heartland Advisors employees. The list shall restrict trading activities with respect to the securities of issuers placed on the list. The list itself shall be confidential. When any Heartland Person obtains information believed to be material and nonpublic, he or she should report the particulars to the Compliance Officer in order that the issuer of the securities may be placed on the Restricted List. Once the information becomes public or immaterial, the issuer may be removed from the Restricted List. As long as an issuer is on the Restricted List:

 

  a. No employee may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for his or her own account, family account, or other personal accounts over which he or she exercises discretion or influence, and

 

  b. No employee may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for any Client’s account (other than on an unsolicited basis).

Section 1.3

 

  A. Violations

Any violation of these procedures or any other disclosure or use of material nonpublic information should be reported to the Compliance Officer or legal counsel immediately. Violations may result in disciplinary action up to and including fines and/or termination.

 

23


APPENDICES

 

APPENDIX A

  

Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure

APPENDIX B

  

Personal Trade Request Form

APPENDIX C

  

Fund Personal Trade Request Form

APPENDIX D

  

Quarterly Security Transaction Report

APPENDIX E

  

Gift Disclosure Report

APPENDIX F

  

Outside Activities Request Form

 

24